Keysight Technologies M9420A Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Technologies Manuals
  4. Transceiver
  5. M9420A
  6. Manual
Keysight Technologies M9420A Manual

Keysight Technologies M9420A Manual

Vxt vector transceiver
Hide thumbs Also See for M9420A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Keysight M9420A
VXT Vector Transceiver
Notice: This document contains references to Agilent.
Please note that Agilent's Test and Measurement
business has become Keysight Technologies. For more
information, go to www.keysight.com
N9073A W-CDMA
& HSPA
Measurement
Applications User's
& Programmer's
Reference
Option 1FP W-CDMA
Option 2 FP HSPA

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the M9420A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Keysight Technologies M9420A

Summary of Contents for Keysight Technologies M9420A

  • Page 1 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver Notice: This document contains references to Agilent. Please note that Agilent’s Test and Measurement business has become Keysight Technologies. For more information, go to www.keysight.com N9073A W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications User’s & Programmer’s Reference...
  • Page 2 THESE TERMS, THE WARRANTY beyond those set forth in the TERMS IN THE SEPARATE EULA shall apply, except to the © Keysight Technologies, Inc. 2015 AGREEMENT WILL CONTROL. extent that those terms, rights, or licenses are explicitly required Technology Licenses...
  • Page 3 Table of Contents 1 About the Transceiver Installing Application Software Viewing a License Key Obtaining and Installing a License Key Updating Measurement Application Software M9420A Options and Accessories Virtual Front-Panel Features Display Annotations Window Control Keys Virtual Front Panel Windows Control Menu...
  • Page 4 Table of Contents Operation Register Operation Condition Query Operation Enable Operation Event Query Operation Negative Transition Operation Positive Transition Preset the Status Byte Questionable Register Questionable Condition Questionable Enable Questionable Event Query Questionable Negative Transition Questionable Positive Transition Questionable Calibration Register Questionable Calibration Condition Questionable Calibration Enable Questionable Calibration Event Query...
  • Page 5 Table of Contents Questionable Integrity Register Questionable Integrity Condition Questionable Integrity Enable Questionable Integrity Event Query Questionable Integrity Negative Transition Questionable Integrity Positive Transition Questionable Integrity Signal Register Questionable Integrity Signal Condition Questionable Integrity Signal Enable Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register...
  • Page 6 Table of Contents Trigger Self Test Query Wait-to-Continue 4 Input/Output Functions Input/Output Input/Output variables - Preset behavior RF Input Input Z Correction RF Input Port RF Input External Gain Ext Preamp More Information Restore Input/Output Defaults Data Source Inputs Capture Buffer Current Meas ->...
  • Page 7 Table of Contents External Ext Ref Freq RF Output & Test Set Config RF Output RF Output Output Config Trig Out Polarity Sweeping (HSWP) Measuring Main Trigger Gate Trigger Gate Odd/Even Trace Point Trig Out Source Marker 1 Source Marker 2 Source Marker 3 Source Marker 4 Analog Out...
  • Page 8 Table of Contents LTE-Advanced FDD LTE-Advanced TDD Application Mode Number Selection (Remote Command Only) Application Mode Catalog Query (Remote Command Only) Application Identification (Remote Commands Only) Current Application Model Current Application Revision Current Application Options Application Identification Catalog (Remote Commands Only) Application Catalog Number of Entries Application Catalog Model Numbers Application Catalog Revision...
  • Page 9 Table of Contents Restore Defaults 6 System Functions File File Explorer Page Setup Print Maximize Minimize Exit Print System Show Errors Previous Page Next Page History Verbose SCPI On/Off Refresh Clear Error Queue Status Input Overload Enable (Remote Command Only) Power Up (Remote Command Only) System Show System contents (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 10 Table of Contents Module Default (Remote Command Only) Module Model Number (Remote Command Only) Module Model Serial Number (Remote Command Only) Power On Mode and Input/Output Defaults User Preset Last State Power On Application Configure Applications Preloading Applications Access to Configure Applications utility Virtual memory usage Select All Deselect All...

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    Table of Contents SCPI Socket Control Port (Remote Command Only) System IDN Response Factory User Lock Remote I/O Session (Remote Command only) Unlock Remote I/O Session (Remote Command only) Remote I/O Session Lock Name (Remote Command only) Remote I/O Session Lock Owner (Remote Command only) Restore Defaults Restore Input/Output Defaults Restore Power On Defaults...
  • Page 12 Table of Contents Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off External 2 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off RF Burst Absolute Trigger Level Relative Trigger Level Trigger Slope Trig Delay Periodic Timer (Frame Trigger) Period Offset Reset Offset Display Sync Source...
  • Page 13 Table of Contents Res BW Video BW Filter Type Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) File FREQ Channel Center Freq Center Frequency Presets RF Center Freq Ext Mix Center Freq I/Q Center Freq CF Step Input/Output Marker Select Marker Marker Type Properties Select Marker Relative To All Markers Off Marker X Axis Value (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 14 Table of Contents Diagnostic Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 370 Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only) Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only) Meas Setup Avg/Hold Num Avg Mode Integ BW Method Method Filter Alpha Filter BW Limits Power Limit PSD Limit...
  • Page 15 Table of Contents Edit Register Names More Information Register 1 thru Register 16 Register 1 thru Register 16 Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Copy (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Device Copy (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Delete  ...
  • Page 16 Table of Contents Modulation Frequency Frequency Channel GSM/EDGE Channel Number Ranges W-CDMA Channel Number Ranges CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges LTE TDD Channel Number Ranges TDSCDMA Channel Number Ranges Radio Setup Radio Standard Radio Band Link Set Reference Frequency Freq Reference...
  • Page 17 Table of Contents List Sequencer Setup Number of Steps Current Step Insert Step Before Delete Step Clear List Step Trigger Transition Time Radio Setup Channel Frequency Power Waveform Step Duration Output Trigger Repetition Single Continuous Trigger Type BeginningOfStep DataMarker Manual Trigger Now Source Preset Span X Scale Span...
  • Page 18 Table of Contents External 2 RF Burst Periodic Timer (Frame Trigger) Auto/Holdoff Gate Preset (Remote Command Only) Gate Level (Remote Command Only) Gate Polarity (Remote Command Only) Points System Trace/Detector Trace Type Detector Auto Detector Selection Trigger Free Run Video Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay...
  • Page 19 Table of Contents RF Burst Trig Delay Auto/Holdoff Auto Trig Trig Holdoff Internal User Preset User Preset User Preset All Modes Save User Preset View/Display Display Annotation Meas Bar On/Off Screen Active Function Values On/Off Title Change Title Clear Title Graticule System Display Settings Annotation Local Settings...
  • Page 20 Table of Contents RBW Control Filter Type Filter BW Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) File FREQ Channel Center Freq Center Frequency Presets RF Center Freq Ext Mix Center Freq I/Q Center Freq CF Step Input/Output Marker Select Marker Marker Type Properties Select Marker Relative To Marker Trace Couple Markers...
  • Page 21 Table of Contents Execute Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Diagnostic Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 654 Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only) Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only) Meas Setup Average/Hold Number Avg Mode...
  • Page 22 Table of Contents Limit Test Meas Preset Offset RRC Weighting (Backward Compatibility SCPI) Offset Filter Alpha (Backward Compatibility SCPI) Method for Carrier (Backward Compatibility SCPI) Mode Mode Preset How-To Preset Mode Setup Peak Search Next Peak Next Pk Right Next Pk Left Marker Delta Pk-Pk Search Min Search...
  • Page 23 Table of Contents Mass Storage Device Copy (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Data (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Make Directory  (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Move (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Remove Directory (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Write-protect status (Remote...
  • Page 24 Table of Contents LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges LTE TDD Channel Number Ranges TDSCDMA Channel Number Ranges Radio Setup Radio Standard Radio Band Link Set Reference Frequency Freq Reference Freq Offset Modulation Setup Select Waveform ARB Setup Trigger Type Trigger Initiate Waveform Sequences Waveform Utilities Marker Utilities...
  • Page 25 Table of Contents Transition Time Radio Setup Channel Frequency Power Waveform Step Duration Output Trigger Repetition Single Continuous Trigger Type BeginningOfStep DataMarker Manual Trigger Now Source Preset SPAN X Scale Span Full Span Last Span Sweep/Control Sweep Time Sweep Setup Auto Sweep Time Rules Pause Gate...
  • Page 26 Table of Contents Points System Trace/Detector Select Trace (Front-panel Only) Trace Type View/Blank Detector Auto Detector Selection Trigger Free Run Video Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay External 1 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay Zero Span Delay Comp External 2 Trigger Level Trig Slope Trig Delay...
  • Page 27 Table of Contents Internal User Preset User Preset User Preset All Modes Save User Preset View/Display Spectrum Window Results Window Display Annotation Meas Bar On/Off Screen Active Function Values On/Off Title Change Title Clear Title Graticule System Display Settings Annotation Local Settings Themes Bar Graph 10 Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement...
  • Page 28 Table of Contents Center Frequency Presets RF Center Freq Ext Mix Center Freq I/Q Center Freq CF Step Input/Output Marker Select Marker Marker Type Couple Markers All Markers Off Marker X Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command Only) Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Marker Function Marker To...
  • Page 29 Table of Contents Power Ref (for the modes except MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD) Total Power Spectrum Peak Res BW Video BW VBW/RBW Offset/Limits Select Offset Start Freq Stop Freq 1000 Sweep Time 1002 Offset Side 1003 Res BW 1004 Meas BW 1006 Video BW 1007...
  • Page 30 Table of Contents Source Sequence 1041 Open… 1042 Data (Import) 1042 Capture Buffer 1043 Open… 1043 Restart 1044 More Information 1044 Save 1046 State 1046 To File . . . 1047 Edit Register Names 1049 More Information 1049 Register 1 thru Register 16 1050 Register 1 thru Register 16 1050...
  • Page 31 Table of Contents Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) 1072 More Information 1072 Source 1073 RF Output 1073 Amplitude 1073 RF Power 1074 RF Power Range 1075 RF Power Range 1075 Set Reference Power 1075 Power Ref 1076 Amptd Offset 1076 Modulation 1077 Frequency 1078 Frequency...
  • Page 32 Table of Contents 1141 1142 FM Deviation 1142 FM Rate 1142 1143 1143 PM Deviation 1143 PM Rate 1143 List Sequencer 1144 Sequencer 1144 Initiate Sequence 1145 List Sequencer Setup 1145 Number of Steps 1145 Current Step 1146 Insert Step Before 1146 Delete Step 1146...
  • Page 33 Table of Contents Gate View On/Off 1181 Gate View Setup 1184 Gate View Acquisition Time 1184 Gate View Start Time 1185 Gate Delay 1185 Gate Length 1186 Gate Source 1186 Video (IF Envelope) 1187 External 1 1189 External 2 1191 RF Burst 1194 Periodic Timer (Frame Trigger)
  • Page 34 Table of Contents Relative Trigger 1217 Trig Slope 1217 Trig Delay 1217 Periodic Timer 1217 Period 1217 Offset 1217 Reset Offset Display 1217 Sync Source 1217 1217 External 1 1217 External 2 1218 RF Burst 1218 Trig Delay 1218 Auto/Holdoff 1218 Auto Trig 1218...
  • Page 35 Table of Contents Abs Peak Pwr & Freq (Spectrum Pk Ref) 1235 Trace Window 1237 Results Window 1237 Rel Pwr Freq 1237 Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (Total Pwr Ref) 1237 Trace Window 1238 Results Window 1238 Rel Peak Pwr & Freq (PSD Ref) 1239 Trace Window 1239...
  • Page 36 Table of Contents Filter Type 1264 Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) 1266 Display 1268 Display 1268 Annotation 1268 Meas Bar On/Off 1269 Screen 1270 Active Function Values On/Off 1270 Title 1271 Change Title 1271 Clear Title 1272 Graticule 1273 System Display Settings 1273 Annotation Local Settings 1273...
  • Page 37 Table of Contents Measurement Group of Commands 1295 Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) 1297 Limit Test Current Results (Remote Command Only) 1297 Data Query (Remote Command Only) 1297 Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only) 1298 Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) 1303 Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1304...
  • Page 38 Table of Contents Open… 1342 Data (Import) 1342 Capture Buffer 1343 Open… 1343 Restart 1344 More Information 1344 Save 1346 State 1346 To File . . . 1347 Edit Register Names 1349 More Information 1349 Register 1 thru Register 16 1350 Register 1 thru Register 16 1350...
  • Page 39 Table of Contents Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) 1365 More Information 1365 Source 1366 RF Output 1366 Amplitude 1366 RF Power 1367 RF Power Range 1368 RF Power Range 1368 Set Reference Power 1368 Power Ref 1369 Amptd Offset 1369 Modulation 1370 Frequency 1371 Frequency...
  • Page 40 Table of Contents 1434 1435 FM Deviation 1435 FM Rate 1435 1436 1436 PM Deviation 1436 PM Rate 1436 List Sequencer 1437 Sequencer 1437 Initiate Sequence 1438 List Sequencer Setup 1438 Number of Steps 1438 Current Step 1439 Insert Step Before 1439 Delete Step 1439...
  • Page 41 Table of Contents Gate 1475 Gate On/Off 1475 Gate View On/Off 1476 Gate View Setup 1479 Gate View Acquisition Time 1479 Gate View Start Time 1479 Gate Delay 1480 Gate Length 1480 Gate Source 1481 Video (IF Envelope) 1482 External 1 1484 External 2 1486...
  • Page 42 Table of Contents Relative Trigger 1512 Trig Slope 1512 Trig Delay 1512 Periodic Timer 1512 Period 1512 Offset 1512 Reset Offset Display 1512 Sync Source 1512 1512 External 1 1512 External 2 1513 RF Burst 1513 Trig Delay 1513 Auto/Holdoff 1513 Auto Trig 1513...
  • Page 43 Table of Contents CDP Graph & CDE Graph View CDP Window Y Scale/Div 1547 CDP Graph & CDE Graph View CDE Window Y Scale/Div 1548 I/Q Error View Mag Error Window Y Scale/Div 1548 I/Q Error View Phase Error Window Y Scale/Div 1548 I/Q Error View Evm Window Y Scale/Div 1549...
  • Page 44 Table of Contents Select Marker 1575 Relative To 1575 Marker Trace 1576 Couple Markers 1576 All Markers Off 1577 Marker Symbol Value (Remote Command only) 1577 Marker X Axis Value (Remote Command only) 1577 Marker X Axis Position (Remote Command only) 1578 Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command only) 1579...
  • Page 45 Table of Contents Synchronization Symbol Rate (BTS only) 1614 Synchronization Code Number (BTS only) 1615 Primary Scramble Code (BTS only) 1616 Scramble Code Offset (BTS only) 1617 Scramble Code Type (BTS only) 1618 Symbol Boundary (BTS only) 1619 Test Model 1 (BTS only) 1622 3GPP TS25.141, Table 6.1: Test Model 1 (2009–12 version) (S-CCPCH included)
  • Page 46 Table of Contents Query List (Remote Command Only) 1637 Symbol Boundary Custom Active Channel List – Number Of Entries BTS (Remote Command Only) 1639 Symbol Boundary Custom Active Channel List – Load Preset Setting BTS (Remote Command Only) 1639 Capture Interval 1640 Capture Interval Selection 1640...
  • Page 47 Table of Contents Print 1662 Quick Save 1663 Recall 1665 State 1665 More Information 1667 From File… 1667 Edit Register Names 1669 Register 1 thru Register 16 1669 Register 1 thru Register 16 1670 Sequences 1671 Source Sequence 1671 Open… 1672 Data (Import) 1672...
  • Page 48 Table of Contents Meas Results File Contents 1688 Marker Table 1688 Peak Table 1691 Spectrogram 1694 Capture Buffer 1698 Save As . . . 1699 Screen Image 1699 Themes 1701 3D Color 1701 3D Monochrome 1701 Flat Color 1702 Flat Monochrome 1702 Save As…...
  • Page 49 Table of Contents Select Waveform 1737 ARB Setup 1742 Trigger Type 1747 1750 Trigger Initiate 1752 Waveform Sequences 1752 Waveform Utilities 1760 Marker Utilities 1765 Header Utilities 1770 1771 1771 AM Depth 1772 AM Rate 1772 1772 1773 FM Deviation 1773 FM Rate 1773...
  • Page 50 Table of Contents BeginningOfStep 1805 DataMarker 1806 Manual Trigger Now 1807 Source Preset 1807 SPAN X Scale 1808 Start Code Number 1808 Stop Code Number 1808 Expand 1809 Sweep/Control 1810 Pause/Resume 1810 System 1811 Trace/Detector 1812 Trigger 1813 Free Run 1813 Video 1813...
  • Page 51 Table of Contents Trig Delay 1815 Auto/Holdoff 1815 Auto Trig 1815 Trig Holdoff 1815 Holdoff Type 1815 Internal 1815 User Preset 1816 User Preset 1816 User Preset All Modes 1817 Save User Preset 1818 View/Display 1819 Display 1819 Annotation 1819 Meas Bar On/Off 1820 Screen...
  • Page 52 Table of Contents Magnitude Error window 1837 Phase Error window 1837 EVM window 1838 Metrics window 1838 I/Q Error (Quad View) (MS) 1838 Magnitude Error window 1839 Phase Error window 1839 EVM window 1839 Metrics window 1840 Code Domain (Quad View) 1841 Code Domain (Quad View) (BTS) 1841...
  • Page 53 Table of Contents First Page 1855 Last Page 1855 Demod Bit Format (BTS only) 1855 Composite Chip Power 1856 View Selection (Remote Command only) 1857 View Selection by Name (Remote Command only) 1858 View Selection by Number (Remote Command only) 1858 13 Modulation Accuracy (Composite EVM) Measurement 1859...
  • Page 54 Table of Contents Auto Scaling: Slot CDE/EVM View – Evm Window 1884 Auto Scaling: Slot CDE/EVM View – Peak CDE Window 1885 Auto Scaling: Slot CDE/EVM View – Freq Error Window 1885 Auto Couple 1887 More Information 1887 Auto/Man Active Function keys 1887 Auto/Man 1-of-N keys 1887...
  • Page 55 Table of Contents Reset Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1920 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1921 Define Fast Power Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) 1930 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1931 Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1932 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 1932...
  • Page 56 Table of Contents Test Model 3 w/16 DPCH w/S-CCPCH (BTS only) 1956 Test Model 3 w/32 DPCH w/S-CCPCH (BTS only) 1956 Test Model 3 w/4 DPCH w/S-CCPCH (BTS only) 1957 Test Model 3 w/8 DPCH w/S-CCPCH (BTS only) 1958 Test Model 4 (BTS only) 1958 Test Model 4 w/CPICH (BTS only) 1959...
  • Page 57 Table of Contents Mode Preset 1989 How-To Preset 1990 Mode Setup 1992 Peak Search 1993 Next Peak 1993 Next Pk Right 1993 Next Pk Left 1993 Marker Delta 1994 Pk-Pk Search 1994 Min Search 1994 Print 1995 Quick Save 1996 Recall 1998 State...
  • Page 58 Table of Contents Mass Storage Determine Removable Media (Remote Command Only) 2017 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) 2018 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Write-protect status (Remote Command Only) 2018 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media size (Remote Command Only) 2018 Sequences 2019...
  • Page 59 Table of Contents TDSCDMA Channel Number Ranges 2050 Radio Setup 2051 Radio Standard 2051 Radio Band Link 2066 Set Reference Frequency 2067 Freq Reference 2068 Freq Offset 2068 Modulation Setup 2069 2069 2070 Select Waveform 2070 ARB Setup 2075 Trigger Type 2080 2083 Trigger Initiate...
  • Page 60 Table of Contents Channel 2128 Frequency 2128 Power 2129 Waveform 2129 Step Duration 2135 Output Trigger 2137 Repetition 2137 Single 2137 Continuous 2138 Trigger Type 2138 BeginningOfStep 2138 DataMarker 2139 Manual Trigger Now 2140 Source Preset 2140 SPAN X Scale 2141 Sweep/Control 2142...
  • Page 61 Table of Contents Offset Adjust (Remote Command Only) 2146 Reset Offset Display 2146 Sync Source 2146 2146 External 1 2147 External 2 2147 RF Burst 2147 Trig Delay 2147 Auto/Holdoff 2147 Auto Trig 2147 Trig Holdoff 2147 Holdoff Type 2147 Internal 2147 User Preset...
  • Page 62 Table of Contents 14 QPSK EVM Measurement 2167 AMPTD Y Scale 2171 Range 2171 Range 2171 Adjust Range For Min Clip 2172 Pre-Adjust for Min Clip 2172 Peak to Average 2173 Mixer Level Offset 2173 Auto Couple 2175 More Information 2175 Auto/Man Active Function keys 2175...
  • Page 63 Table of Contents Measurement Group of Commands 2200 Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) 2202 Limit Test Current Results (Remote Command Only) 2202 Data Query (Remote Command Only) 2202 Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only) 2203 Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) 2208 Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2209...
  • Page 64 Table of Contents Print 2239 Quick Save 2240 Recall 2242 State 2242 More Information 2244 From File… 2244 Edit Register Names 2246 Register 1 thru Register 16 2246 Register 1 thru Register 16 2247 Sequences 2248 Source Sequence 2248 Open… 2249 Data (Import) 2249...
  • Page 65 Table of Contents Meas Results File Contents 2265 Marker Table 2265 Peak Table 2268 Spectrogram 2271 Capture Buffer 2275 Save As . . . 2276 Screen Image 2276 Themes 2278 3D Color 2278 3D Monochrome 2278 Flat Color 2279 Flat Monochrome 2279 Save As…...
  • Page 66 Table of Contents Select Waveform 2314 ARB Setup 2319 Trigger Type 2324 2327 Trigger Initiate 2329 Waveform Sequences 2329 Waveform Utilities 2337 Marker Utilities 2342 Header Utilities 2347 2348 2348 AM Depth 2349 AM Rate 2349 2349 2350 FM Deviation 2350 FM Rate 2350...
  • Page 67 Table of Contents BeginningOfStep 2382 DataMarker 2383 Manual Trigger Now 2384 Source Preset 2384 SPAN X Scale 2385 Sweep/Control 2386 Pause 2386 System 2387 Trace/Detector 2388 Trigger 2389 Free Run 2389 Video 2389 Trigger Level 2389 Trig Slope 2389 Trig Delay 2389 External 1 2389...
  • Page 68 Table of Contents Trig Holdoff 2391 Holdoff Type 2391 Internal 2391 User Preset 2392 User Preset 2392 User Preset All Modes 2393 Save User Preset 2394 View/Display 2395 View Selection by name (Remote Command Only) 2395 View Selection by number (Remote Command only) 2395 Display 2396...
  • Page 69 Table of Contents Ref Position 2421 Auto Scaling 2421 Auto Couple 2423 More Information 2423 Auto/Man Active Function keys 2423 Auto/Man 1-of-N keys 2423 2425 Info BW 2425 Filter Type 2425 Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) 2427 File 2429 FREQ Channel 2430 Center Freq 2430 Center Frequency Presets...
  • Page 70 Table of Contents Define Fast Power Measurement Query (Remote Command Only) 2466 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2467 Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2468 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2468 Execute Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2468 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) 2469...
  • Page 71 Table of Contents Source Sequence 2496 Open… 2497 Data (Import) 2497 Capture Buffer 2498 Open… 2498 Restart 2499 More Information 2499 Save 2501 State 2501 To File . . . 2502 Edit Register Names 2504 More Information 2504 Register 1 thru Register 16 2505 Register 1 thru Register 16 2505...
  • Page 72 Table of Contents Flat Color 2527 Flat Monochrome 2527 Save As… 2527 Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) 2528 More Information 2528 Source 2529 RF Output 2529 Amplitude 2529 RF Power 2530 RF Power Range 2531 RF Power Range 2531 Set Reference Power 2531 Power Ref 2532...
  • Page 73 Table of Contents 2596 AM Depth 2597 AM Rate 2597 2597 2598 FM Deviation 2598 FM Rate 2598 2599 2599 PM Deviation 2599 PM Rate 2599 List Sequencer 2600 Sequencer 2600 Initiate Sequence 2601 List Sequencer Setup 2601 Number of Steps 2601 Current Step 2602...
  • Page 74 Table of Contents Pause/Resume 2636 System 2637 Trace/Detector 2638 Trigger 2639 Free Run 2639 Video 2639 Trigger Level 2639 Trig Slope 2639 Trig Delay 2639 External 1 2639 Trigger Level 2639 Trig Slope 2639 Trig Delay 2639 Zero Span Delay Comp 2639 External 2 2639...
  • Page 75 Table of Contents Save User Preset 2644 View/Display 2645 View/Display Remote SCPI Command for Selection by Name 2645 View/Display Remote SCPI Command for Selection by Number 2645 Display 2646 Annotation 2646 Meas Bar On/Off 2647 Screen 2648 Active Function Values On/Off 2648 Title 2649...
  • Page 76 Table of Contents lxxvi W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 77 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 1 About the Transceiver The M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver measures and monitors complex RF and microwave signals. The transceiver integrates traditional measurements with advanced vector signal analysis to optimize speed, accuracy, and dynamic range.
  • Page 78 1  About the Transceiver Installing Application Software Installing Application Software If you want to install a measurement application after your initial hardware purchase, you need only to license it. When you purchase a new application, you will receive an entitlement certificate that you can use to obtain a license key for that application.
  • Page 79 1  About the Transceiver Installing Application Software http://www.keysight.com/find/m9420a You can load the updated software package into the analyzer from a USB drive, or directly from Internet. An automatic loading program is included with the files. W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 80 1. Browse to one of the following URLs, according to the product name of your analyzer: www.keysight.com/find/m9420a 2. The home page for Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver appears (in some cases, you may see an initial splash screen containing a button named View the Webpage, which you should click to display the home page).
  • Page 81 1  About the Transceiver Virtual Front-Panel Features Virtual Front-Panel Features The instrument's Virtual Front-panel features are fully detailed in the section "Virtual Front-Panel Features" of the M9420A Getting Started Guide. W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 82 1  About the Transceiver Display Annotations Display Annotations Display Annotations are fully detailed under the Section "Display Annotations" of the M9420A Getting Started Guide. W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 83 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Window Control Keys The instrument provides three virtual-front-panel keys or four menu items for controlling windows. Virtual Front Panel The virtual-front-panel keys are Multi Window, Zoom, and Next Window. These are all “immediate action” keys.
  • Page 84 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Multi-Window The Multi Window front-panel key will toggle you back and forth between the Normal View and the last Multi Window View (Zone Span, Trace Zoom or Spectrogram) that you were in, when using the Swept SA measurement of the Spectrum Analyzer Mode. ...
  • Page 85 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys RTSA measurements: Only two windows are available in the Spectrogram view under the Spectrum measurement and up to three windows are available in the Power vs. Time measurement, depending on the view set up. Remote Command :DISPlay:WINDow[:SELect] <number>...
  • Page 86 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys Key Path Display Remote Command :DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 :DISPlay:FSCReen[:STATe]? Preset Unaffected by Preset but set to Off  by Restore Misc Defaults or shutdown and restart State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards :DISPlay:MENU[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 Compatibility SCPI This emulates ESA full screen functionality, which is the same as the FSCReen command in PSA except that the sense of on/off is reversed (that is, OFF means the menus are OFF, so Fullscreen is...
  • Page 87 1  About the Transceiver Window Control Keys State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility SYST:PRES no longer turns on DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Notes Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 88 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control Mouse and Keyboard Control If you do not have access to the instrument front-panel, there are several ways that a mouse and PC Keyboard can give you access to functions normally accessed using the front-panel keys. For instrument lacking a physical front panel display, you can watch the instrument display via external monitor or remote desktop connection Right-Click...
  • Page 89 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control This method can be used to access any of the front-panel keys by using a mouse; as for example if you are accessing the instrument through Remote Desktop. The array of keys thus available is shown below: W-CDMA &...
  • Page 90 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control PC Keyboard If you have a PC keyboard plugged in (or via Remote Desktop), certain key codes on the PC keyboard map to front-panel keys on the GPSA front panel. These key codes are shown below: Front-panel key Key code Frequency...
  • Page 91 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control Front-panel key Key code Full Screen CTRL+SHIFT+B Return CTRL+SHIFT+R Mute Mute Inc Audio Volume Up Dec Audio Volume Down Help Control CTRL Enter Return Cancel Delete Backspace Backspace Select Space Up Arrow Down Arrow Down Left Arrow...
  • Page 92 1  About the Transceiver Mouse and Keyboard Control This is a pictorial view of the table: W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 93 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 2 About the W-CDMA Measurement Application This chapter provides overall information on W-CDMA, HSDPA and HSUPA communications systems, and describes W-CDMA (3GPP) measurements made by the analyzer.
  • Page 94 2  About the W-CDMA Measurement Application What Does the W-CDMA Application Do? What Does the W-CDMA Application Do? This analyzer can be used for testing a W-CDMA transmitter, including measuring HSDPA/HSUPA signals, manufactured according to the following standards documents: 3GPP TS 25.141 Base Station (BS) conformance testing (FDD) V6.10.0 (2005-06) 3GPP TS 25.211 Physical channels and mapping of transport channels onto physical channels (FDD) V6.5.0 (2005-06) 3GPP TS 25.212 Multiplexing and channel coding (FDD) V6.5.0 (2005-06)
  • Page 95 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 3 Programming the Transceiver This section provides introductory information about the programming documentation included with your product. "What Programming Information is Available?" on page 96 "STATus Subsystem " on page 97...
  • Page 96 What Programming Information is Available? What Programming Information is Available? The M9420A Documentation can be accessed through the Additional Documentation page in the instrument Help system and is included on the Documentation DVD shipped with the instrument. It can also be found online at: http://www.keysight.com/find/m9420a_manuals.
  • Page 97 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem STATus Subsystem The following diagram provides a graphical overview of the entire X-Series Status Register System. For readability, the diagram is split into two sections: "X-Series Status Register System (1) " on page 98 "X-Series Status Register System (2) "...
  • Page 98 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem X-Series Status Register System (1) W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 99 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem X-Series Status Register System (2) Detailed Description The STATus subsystem remote commands set and query the status hardware registers. This system of registers monitors various events and conditions in the instrument. Software written to control the instrument may need to monitor some of these events and conditions.
  • Page 100 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem What Are Status Registers The status system contains multiple registers that are arranged in a hierarchical order. The lower-level status registers propagate their data to the higher-level registers in the data structures by means of summary bits.
  • Page 101 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem • *OPC, *OPC? (operation complete) sets the standard event status register to monitor the completion of all commands. The query stops any new commands from being processed until the current processing is complete, then returns a ‘1’. •...
  • Page 102 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Do this by querying the condition registers which continuously monitor status. These registers represent the current state of the instrument. Bits in a condition register are updated in real time. When the condition monitored by a particular bit becomes true, the bit is set to 1. When the condition becomes false, the bit is reset to 0.
  • Page 103 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 2. The results of a query are evaluated in a similar way. If the *STB? command returns a decimal value of 140, (140 = 128 + 8 + 4) then bit 7 is true, bit 3 is true and bit 2 is true. Example 2: 1.
  • Page 104 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem When a register set causes a summary bit in the status byte to change from 0 to 1, the instrument can initiate the service request (SRQ) process. However, the process is only initiated if both of the following conditions are true: •...
  • Page 105 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The Status Byte Register The RQS bit is read and reset by a serial poll. The same bit position (MSS) is read, non-destructively by the *STB? command. If you serial poll bit 6 it is read as RQS, but if you send *STB it reads bit 6 as MSS. For more information refer to IEEE 488.2 standards, section 11.
  • Page 106 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Description 0, 1 These bits are always set to 0. A 1 in this bit position indicates that the SCPI error queue is not empty which means that it contains at least one error message. A 1 in this bit position indicates that the data questionable summary bit has been set.
  • Page 107 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem bit 6) to your numeric sum when you enable any bits for a service request. The command *SRE? returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *SRE <integer> command. The service request enable register presets to zeros (0).
  • Page 108 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Description A 1 in this bit position indicates that all pending operations were completed following execution of the *OPC command. This bit is for GPIB handshaking to request control. Currently it is set to 0 because there are no implementations where the spectrum analyzer controls another instrument.
  • Page 109 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem byte register will be set to 1, send the command *ESE 192 (128 + 64). The command *ESE? returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits previously enabled with the *ESE <integer> command. The standard event status enable register presets to zeros (0).
  • Page 110 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Power summary The instrument hardware has detected a power unleveled condition. Temperature summary The instrument is still warming up. Frequency summary The instrument hardware has detected an unlocked condition or a problem with the external frequency reference. Calibration summary The instrument has detected a hardware problem while doing the automatic internal alignment process.
  • Page 111 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Operation Enable This command determines which bits in the Operation Event register, will set the Operation Status Summary bit (bit 7) in the Status Byte Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable.
  • Page 112 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <integer> :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition? Example STAT:OPER:NTR 1 Align Now operation complete will be reported to the Status Byte Register. Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Operation Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Operation Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Operation Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 113 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Register "Questionable Condition " on page 113 "Questionable Enable " on page 113 "Questionable Event Query " on page 114 "Questionable Negative Transition " on page 114 "Questionable Positive Transition" on page 114 Questionable Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Condition register.
  • Page 114 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Event register. The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register.
  • Page 115 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:PTR 16 Temperature summary ‘questionable asserted’ will be reported to the Status Byte Register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Register "Questionable Calibration Condition "...
  • Page 116 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Register. The variable <integer> is the sum of the decimal values of the bits you want to enable. Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:ENABle? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:ENAB 16384 Can be used to query if an alignment is needed, if you have turned off the automatic alignment process.
  • Page 117 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 118 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:SKIPped:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:SKIP:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Skipped Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event register, which also sets bit 11 of the Questionable Calibration Register.
  • Page 119 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Calibration Skipped Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Skipped Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 120 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem "Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Positive Transition " on page 121 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition register. The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions.
  • Page 121 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure[:EVENt]? Example STAT:QUES:CAL:EXT:FAIL? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended Failure Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 122 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Register "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition " on page 122 "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Enable " on page 122 "Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event Query "...
  • Page 123 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event register.
  • Page 124 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Calibration Extended Needed Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 125 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Frequency Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register, which also sets the Frequency Summary bit (bit 5) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 126 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 2 Frequency Reference ‘regained lock’ will be reported to the Frequency Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Frequency Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Frequency Condition register will set the...
  • Page 127 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The data in this register is continuously updated and reflects the current conditions. Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:INT:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Integrity Event register, which also sets the Integrity Summary bit (bit 9) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 128 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0) The variable <integer>...
  • Page 129 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Signal Register "Questionable Integrity Signal Condition" on page 129 "Questionable Integrity Signal Enable" on page 129 "Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query" on page 130 "Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition" on page 130 "Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition"...
  • Page 130 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Signal Event register. The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register.
  • Page 131 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition <integer> :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:SIGNal:PTRansition? Example STAT:QUES:INT:SIGN:PTR 4 Burst not found will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Register "Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition "...
  • Page 132 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle :STATus:QUEStionable:INTegrity:UNCalibrated:ENABle? Example STAT:QUES:INT:UNC:ENAB 1 Oversweep (Meas Uncal) will be reported to the Integrity Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event Query This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event...
  • Page 133 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Preset 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Positive Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Integrity Uncalibrated Event register when the condition register bit has a positive transition (0 to 1).
  • Page 134 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Mode Remote Command :STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? Example STAT:QUES:POW:COND? Preset Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Questionable Power Enable This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition Register will set bits in the Questionable Power Event register, which also sets the Power Summary bit (bit 3) in the Questionable Register.
  • Page 135 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Questionable Power Negative Transition This command determines which bits in the Questionable Power Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the Questionable Power Event register when the condition register bit has a negative transition (1 to 0).
  • Page 136 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem "Questionable Temperature Enable" on page 136 "Questionable Temperature Event Query" on page 136 "Questionable Temperature Negative Transition" on page 137 "Questionable Temperature Positive Transition" on page 137 Questionable Temperature Condition This query returns the decimal value of the sum of the bits in the Questionable Temperature Condition register.
  • Page 137 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem The register requires that the associated PTR or NTR filters be set before a condition register bit can set a bit in the event register. The data in this register is latched until it is queried. Once queried, the register is cleared Mode Remote Command...
  • Page 138 3  Programming the Transceiver STATus Subsystem Temperature Summary of the Status Questionable register. Preset 32767 32767 Status Bits/OPC Sequential command dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 139 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands IEEE 488.2 Common Commands The instrument supports the following subset of IEEE 488.2 Common Commands, as defined in Chapter 10 IEEE Standard 488.2–1992. As indicated in the detailed descriptions, some of these commands correspond directly to instrument front-panel key functionality, while others are available only as remote commands.
  • Page 140 Align Now, All. When the Auto Align process transitions to Normal, the analyzer will immediately start to update only the alignments that have expired, thus efficiently restoring the alignment process. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All.
  • Page 141 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands An interfering user supplied signal will result in the instrument requiring an Align Now, RF with the interfering signal removed. Couplings Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time. Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All Temperature. If Align RF component succeeded, initializes the time for the Last Align Now, RF Time.
  • Page 142 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands for generating service requests. Key Path No equivalent key. Related key System, Show Errors, Clear Error Queue Remote Command *CLS Example *CLS Clears the error queue and the Status Byte Register. Notes For related commands, see the SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? command.
  • Page 143 Key Path No equivalent key. See related key System, Show System. Remote Command *IDN? Example *IDN? Returns instrument identification information, such as: Keysight Technologies, M9420A, US01020004, M.16.30 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision x.14.50 Operation Complete The *OPC command sets bit 0 in the standard event status register (SER) to “1”...
  • Page 144 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Remote Command *OPC *OPC? Example INIT:CONT 0 Selects single sweeping. INIT:IMM Initiates a sweep. *OPC? Holds off any further commands until the sweep is complete. Status Bits/OPC Not global to all remote ports or front panel. *OPC only considers operation that was initiated on the dependencies same port as the *OPC command was issued from.
  • Page 145 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Recall Instrument State This command recalls the instrument state from the specified instrument memory register. • If the state being loaded has a newer firmware revision than the revision of the instrument, no state is recalled and an error is reported •...
  • Page 146 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Save Instrument State This command saves the current instrument state and mode to the specified instrument memory register. Remote Command *SAV <register #> Example *SAV 9 Saves the instrument state in register 9. Notes Registers 0 through 6 are accessible from the front panel in menu keys for Save Registers.
  • Page 147 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Trigger  This command triggers the instrument. Use the :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command to select the trigger source. Key Path No equivalent key. See related keys Single and Restart. Remote Command *TRG Example *TRG Triggers the instrument to take a sweep or start a measurement, depending on the current instrument settings.
  • Page 148 3  Programming the Transceiver IEEE 488.2 Common Commands W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 149 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 4 Input/Output Functions...
  • Page 150 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Input/Output The Input/Output features are common across multiple Modes and Measurements. These common features are described in this section. See the Measurement description for information on features that are unique. The Input/Output key accesses the keys that control the Input/Output parameters of the instrument.  In general, these are functions associated with external connections to the analyzer, either to the inputs or the outputs. ...
  • Page 151 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output [:SENSe]:FEED QONLy aliases to [:SENSe]:FEED:IQ:TYPE QONLy The query [:SENSe]:FEED? will always returns AIQ whatever the type of legacy parameters IQ | IONLy | QONLy has been used. Backwards Compatibility Most of the settings in the X-Series Input/Output system, including External Gain, Amplitude Notes Corrections settings and data, etc., are shared by all modes and are not changed by a mode switch.  ...
  • Page 152 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output by one of the three ways: • by using the Restore Input/Output Defaults key on the first page of the input/output menu, • by using the System->Restore System Defaults->Input/Output Settings or, • by using the System -> Restore System Defaults->All. Also, they survive a Preset and a Power cycle. A very few of the Input/Output settings do respond to a Mode Preset;...
  • Page 153 When any input is selected in a measurement that does not support it, the "No result; Meas invalid with this input" error condition occurs, and the measurement returns invalid data when queried.  RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port.
  • Page 154 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00 RF Input Specifies using the main RF port for the current measurement Key Path Input/Output, RF Input, RF Input Port Example :FEED:RF:PORT RFIN ReadBack RF Input Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 155 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Ext Preamp This function is similar to the reference level offset function. Both affect the displayed signal level. Ref Lvl Offset is a mathematical offset only, no analyzer configuration is affected. Ext Preamp gain is used when determining the auto-coupled value of the Attenuator.
  • Page 156 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output While the USB Preamplifier is plugged into one of the analyzer’s USB ports, the analyzer will consider it to be in the signal path of the RF Input and will apply the calibration data from the USB Preamp to measurements taken at the RF Input (on 2 input boxes, it will be considered to be in the signal path of RF Input 1;...
  • Page 157 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output [:SENSe]:CORRection:MS[:RF]:LOSS? Example CORR:MS:LOSS 10  sets the Ext Gain value to –10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give 10 CORR:MS:LOSS –10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give –10 Notes A positive value of <rel_ampl> in the above command means a loss and a negative value indicates a gain.
  • Page 158 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output CORR:BTS:LOSS –10 sets the Ext Gain value to 10 dB, and subsequently querying :LOSS will give – 10 dB Notes A positive value of <rel_ampl> in the above command means a loss and a negative value indicates a gain.
  • Page 159 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example FEED:DATA STOR FEED:DATA? Notes INPuts = Inputs STORed = Capture Buffer Dependencies Not all inputs are available in all modes. Unavailable keys are grayed out. Preset This is unaffected by Preset but is set to INPut on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All"...
  • Page 160 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output use "Inputs" and grays out this key. If the grayed out key is pressed, it generates a message. Readback Stored Data Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Current Meas -> Capture Buffer Pressing this key stores the raw data of one measurement in the internal memory of the instrument where it can then be used by a different measurement by pressing "Stored Data".
  • Page 161 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Note that the corrections are applied as the data is taken; therefore, a trace in View (Update Off) will not be affected by changes made to the corrections table after the trace is put in View. On the RF Input/Output panel, there are one full-duplex RF ports ,one half-duplex RF port, RF Input and RF Output. ...
  • Page 162 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output A new sweep is initiated if an amplitude correction is switched on or off.  Note that changing, sending or loading corrections data does NOT directly initiate a sweep, however in general these operations will turn corrections on, which DOES initiate a sweep. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections Remote Command...
  • Page 163 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback Correction 1|Correction 2|Correction 3|Correction 4|Correction 5|Correction 6|Correction7|Correction8 Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision x.14.50 Antenna Unit For devices (like antennas) that make measurements of field strength or flux density, the correction array should contain within its values the appropriate conversion factors such that, when the data on the analyzer is presented in dBµV, the display is calibrated in the appropriate units.
  • Page 164 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback "None" Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 dBµV/m Sets the antenna unit to dBµV/m. If this correction is turned on, and Apply Corrections is on, the Y Axis Unit will then be forced to dBµV/m and all other Y Axis Unit selections will be grayed out. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, Antenna Unit Example...
  • Page 165 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback " dBG" Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 dBµA Sets the antenna unit to dBµA. If this correction is turned on, and Apply Corrections is on, the Y Axis Unit will then be forced to dBµA and all other Y Axis Unit selections will be grayed out. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, Antenna Unit Example...
  • Page 166 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output If we interpolate on a log scale, we assume that the line between the two points is a straight line on the log scale. For example, let’s say the two points are (2,4) and (20,1). A straight line between them on a log scale looks like: On a linear scale (like that of the spectrum analyzer), this translates to: If we interpolate on a linear scale, we assume that the two points are connected by a straight line on the...
  • Page 167 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output The correction to be used for each bucket is taken from the interpolated correction curve at the center of the bucket. Description Sets an ASCII description field which will be stored in an exported file.  Can be displayed in the active function area by selecting as the active function, if desired to appear in a screen capture.
  • Page 168 RFIO3 and RFIO4 are only available on E6640A with hardware M9431A. RFIN and RFOut are not available on E6640A with hardware M9431A RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port.
  • Page 169 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output RFOut The port that the current corrections will be applied to. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT RFO Dependencies Not available in E6607C Not available on E6640A with hardware M9431A ReadBack RFOut Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 170 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT:RFHD ANAL Readback "Correct Analyzer" Initial S/W Revision M.16.25 RFFD The port that the current corrections will be applied to.  Pressing this key again allows the user access to the menu for specifying which internal device the corrections for RFIO FD will be applied to. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Remote Command...
  • Page 171 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Properties, RF Port Example :CORR:CSET:RF:PORT: RFFD BOTH Readback "Correct Source and Analyzer" Initial S/W Revision M.16.25 Edit Invokes the integrated editing facility for this correction set.  When entering the menu, the editor window turns on, the selected correction is turned On, Apply Corrections is set to On, the amplitude scale is set to Log, and the Amplitude Correction (“Ampcor”) trace is displayed.
  • Page 172 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Navigate Lets you move through the table to edit the desired point. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Notes There is no value readback on the key 2000 Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Frequency Lets you edit the frequency of the current row. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Notes...
  • Page 173 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Delete Point Deletes the currently-selected point, whether or not that point is being edited, and selects the Navigate functionality.  The point following the currently-selected point (or the point preceding if there is none) will be selected. Key Path Input/Output, Corrections, Edit Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 174 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output When this key is pressed a prompt is placed on the screen that says “Please press Enter or OK key to delete all corrections.  Press ESC or Cancel to close this dialog.”  The deletion is only performed if you press OK or Enter.
  • Page 175 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Merge Correction Data (Remote Command Only) The command takes an ASCII series of alternating frequency and amplitude points, each value separated by commas. The difference between this command and Set Data is that this merges new correction points into an existing set.
  • Page 176 Pulse key will be blank, and sending the PULSe parameter via SCPI will generate an error. M9420A is only support EXTernal type. Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to EXTernal for M9420A or SENSe for other models on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All". State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 177 5. If it was set to INTernal, then the query returns “INTernal”. 6. If it was set to PULSe, then the query returns “PULSe” Note:  The SCPI query always returns “INTernal” for non-controlling instances. M9420A is only supported EXTernal type. Preset All other models:...
  • Page 178 Internal Reference is in use (Freq Ref In set to Internal, Pulse, or SENSE:INT or SENSE:PULSE). Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to 10 MHz on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All" M9420A:100 MHz M9420A:100 MHz Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.14.00...
  • Page 179 Example :FEED:RF:PORT:OUTP RFIO1 Dependencies RFHD and RFFD are only available on M9420A, option “HDX” is required to enable RFHD port and option “FDX” is required to enable RFFD port. Preset This is unaffected by Mode Preset but is set to RFOut on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults ->...
  • Page 180 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Output Config Remote Command :TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut HSWP | MEASuring | MAIN | GATE | GTRigger | OEVen | SPOint | SSWeep | SSETtled | S1Marker | S2Marker | S3Marker | S4Marker | OFF :TRIGger|TRIGger1|TRIGger2[:SEQuence]:OUTPut? Example TRIG:OUTP HSWP TRIG2:OUTP GATE...
  • Page 181 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Readback Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sweeping (HSWP) Selects the Sweeping Trigger signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, connector when a measurement is made. This signal has historically been known as "HSWP" (High = Sweeping), and is 5 V TTL level with 50 ohm output impedance.
  • Page 182 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Example TRIG1:OUTP GTR Readback Gate Trigger Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Selects the gate signal to be output to the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, connector. The gate signal has been delayed and its length determined by delay and length settings. When the polarity is positive, a high on the Trig 1 Out, or Trig 2 Out, represents the time the gate is configured to pass the signal.
  • Page 183 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output 2 output, this error is returned if trying to set Trig 2 Out and a query of Trig 2 Out returns OFF. Preset Trigger 1: Sweeping (HSWP) Trigger 2: Gate This is unaffected by a Preset but is preset to the above values on a "Restore Input/Output Defaults" or "Restore System Defaults->All"...
  • Page 184 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Key Path Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1/2 Output Example :TRIG1:OUTP S3M ReadBack Marker 3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Source Marker 4 Trigger output at marker 4 in current playing Waveform file. Key Path Input/Output, Output Config, Trig 1/2 Output Example :TRIG1:OUTP S4M ReadBack...
  • Page 185 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output Nominal Range exc. Analog Out (10% overrange) Scale Factor Notes Screen 0 – 1 V open 10%/division 8566 compatible Video circuit Log Video 0 – 1 V 1/(192.66 dB/V) dB referenced to  mixer level, 1V out for –10 dBm terminated at the mixer.
  • Page 186 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output LISN Control Enables you to access LISN related functions. LISN control is only available with option LSN indicating that the LISN IO board is installed. This is a remote query command only. V-network (Remote Command Only) Enables you to select the V-network that is controlled via the AUX IO port.
  • Page 187 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output 150 kHz Highpass (Remote Command Only) Controls highpass setting on the V-network. Remote Command INPut[1]|2:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON|OFF INPut[1]|2:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe]? Example :INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON Dependencies Only available for ENV216 V-network . This key is grayed out when a V-network that is not ENV216 is selected.
  • Page 188 4  Input/Output Functions Input/Output W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 189 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 5 Mode Functions...
  • Page 190 5  Mode Functions Mode Mode The Mode key allows you to select the available measurement applications or “Modes”. Modes are a collection of measurement capabilities packaged together to provide an instrument personality that is specific to your measurement needs. Each application software product is ordered separately by Model Number and must be licensed ...
  • Page 191 5  Mode Functions Mode :CONF FSC This results in the analyzer being placed in the EMI Receiver Mode, running the Frequency Scan measurement, in order to emulate the ESU Receiver Mode. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.13.00 Example :INST ‘SA’...
  • Page 192 5  Mode Functions Mode 1. Close and restart the analyzer program without changing your configured preloads.  This may free up enough memory to load the requested Mode, depending on your configured preloads 2. Clear out all preloads and close and restart the analyzer program with only the requested application preloaded, and with that application running. ...
  • Page 193 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL WCDMA INST:NSEL 9 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evo Selects the GSM with EDGE mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 194 5  Mode Functions Mode N9064A honors existing 89601X licenses with all features and functionalities found on X-Series software versions prior to A.06.00. Specifically: N9064A–1 is equivalent to 89601X–205 N9064A–2 is equivalent to 89601X-AYA If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 195 5  Mode Functions Mode If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help. Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA2K...
  • Page 196 5  Mode Functions Mode LTE-Advanced TDD If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help. Key Path Mode Example...
  • Page 197 5  Mode Functions Mode Remote Command :INSTrument:NSELect <integer> :INSTrument:NSELect? Example :INST:NSEL 1 Notes SA mode is 1 The command must be sequential: i.e. continued parsing of commands cannot proceed until the instrument select is complete and the resultant SCPI trees are available. Preset Not affected by Preset.
  • Page 198 5  Mode Functions Mode Current Application Model Returns a string that is the Model Number of the currently selected application (mode). Remote Command :SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent][:NAME]? Example :SYST:APPL? Notes Query returns a quoted string that is the Model Number of the currently selected application (Mode). Example: "N9060A"...
  • Page 199 5  Mode Functions Mode State Saved Not saved in state per se, the value will be the selected application when a Save is invoked. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Application Identification Catalog (Remote Commands Only) A catalog of the installed and licensed applications (Modes) can be queried for their identification. "Application Catalog Number of Entries"...
  • Page 200 5  Mode Functions Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model> Example :SYST:APPL:CAT:REV? ‘N9060A’ Notes Returned value is a quoted string of revision for the provided Model Number. The revision will be a null-string ("") if the provided Model Number is not installed and licensed. Example, if SAMS is installed and licensed: "1.0.0.0"...
  • Page 201 5  Mode Functions Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA1XEV INST:NSEL 15 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 802.16 OFDMA (WiMAX/WiBro) Selects the OFDMA mode for general purpose measurements of WiMAX signals. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 202 5  Mode Functions Mode For more information see the Keysight 89600 Series VSA web site at www.keysight.com/find/89600vsa To learn more about how to use the 89600 VSA running in the X-Series, after the 89600 VSA software is running, open the 89600 VSA Help and open the "About Keysight X-Series Signal Analyzer with 89600 VSA Software"...
  • Page 203 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL CDMA2K INST:NSEL 10 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 GSM/EDGE/EDGE Evo Selects the GSM with EDGE mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 204 5  Mode Functions Mode Key Path Mode Example INST:SEL LTE INST:NSEL 102 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 LTE TDD Selects the LTE TDD mode for general purpose measurements of signals following the LTE TDD standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information.
  • Page 205 5  Mode Functions Mode TD-SCDMA with HSPA/8PSK Selects the TD-SCDMA mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 206 5  Mode Functions Mode Example INST:SEL WCDMA INST:NSEL 9 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 WLAN Selects the WLAN mode for general purpose measurements of signals following this standard. There are several measurements available in this mode. If you are using the Help feature, this mode must be currently active to access its detailed information. If it is not active, exit the Help feature (Esc key), select the mode, and re-access Help.
  • Page 207 5  Mode Functions Mode This function is reset to Off when the Restore Defaults key is pressed in the Global Settings menu, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed. Key Path Mode Setup, Global Settings Scope Mode Global Remote Command :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer ALL|NONE :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer?
  • Page 208 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup Mode Setup This key accesses a menu to allow you to select mode parameters. These settings apply to all measurements in the current mode. Key Path Front-panel key Radio Accesses the Radio menu. Key Path Mode Setup Device Allows you to specify the device to be used.
  • Page 209 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup or distorted. When the HSPA signal is not expected, turn HSPA Enable off. Key Path Mode Setup, Demod Mode WCDMA Scope Meas Global Remote Command [:SENSe]:RADio:CONFigure:HSDPa[:STATe] 0|1|OFF|ON [:SENSe]:RADio:CONFigure:HSDPa[:STATe]? Example RAD:CONF:HSDP 0 RAD:CONF:HSDP? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 210 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup performs a partial preset. Restore Mode Defaults does not affect any system settings. System settings are reset by the Restore System Defaults function. This function does reset mode data; as well as settings. Key Path Mode Setup Remote Command :INSTrument:DEFault...
  • Page 211 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup When the Global Center Freq key is switched to On in any mode, the current mode’s center frequency is copied into the Global Center Frequency, and from then on all modes that support global settings use the Global Center Frequency.
  • Page 212 5  Mode Functions Mode Setup W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 213 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 6 System Functions...
  • Page 214 6  System Functions File File Opens a menu that enables you to access various standard and custom Windows functions. Press any other front-panel key to exit Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 File Explorer Opens the standard Windows File Explorer. The File Explorer opensin the My Documents directory for the current user.
  • Page 215 6  System Functions File Key Path File Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Page Setup The Page Setup key brings up a Windows Page Setup dialog that allows you to control aspects of the pages sent to the printer when the PRINT hardkey is pressed. Key Path File Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 216 6  System Functions File survives subsequent running of the modes. State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Print This front-panel key is equivalent to performing a File, Print, OK. It immediately performs the currently configured Print to the Default printer. The :HCOPy command is equivalent to pressing the PRINT key. ...
  • Page 217 6  System Functions File Key Path File Mode Notes No equivalent remote command for this key. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.05.01 Exit This key, when pressed, will exit the Instrument Application. A dialog box is used to confirm that you intended to exit the application: Key Path File...
  • Page 218 6  System Functions Print Print This front-panel key is equivalent to performing a File, Print, OK. It immediately performs the currently configured Print to the Default printer. The :HCOPy command is equivalent to pressing the PRINT key.  The HCOPy:ABORt command can be used to abort a print which is already in progress. ...
  • Page 219 6  System Functions System System Opens a menu of keys that access various configuration menus and dialogs. Key Path Front-panel key Notes No remote command for this key specifically. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Show Accesses a menu of choices that enable you to select the information window you want to view. Key Path System Mode...
  • Page 220 6  System Functions System Repeat (RPT) - This field shows the number of consecutive instances of the event, uninterrupted by other events. If an event occurs 5 times with no other intervening event, the value of repeat will be 5. If the value of Repeat is 1 the field does not display.
  • Page 221 6  System Functions System Next Page Next Page and Previous Page menu keys move you between pages of the log, if it fills more than one page. These keys are grayed out in some cases: • If on the last page of the log, the Next Page key is grayed-out •...
  • Page 222 6  System Functions System Key Path System, Show, Errors Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose OFF|ON|0|1 :SYSTem:ERRor:VERBose? Example :SYST:ERR:VERB ON Preset This is unaffected by Preset but is set to OFF on a “Restore System Defaults->Misc” State Saved Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Refresh...
  • Page 223 6  System Functions System not put into the SCPI error queue by default. Normally the status bit is the only way for detecting these errors remotely. It is possible to enable Input Overload reporting to the SCPI queue, by issuing the :SYSTem:ERRor:OVERload ON command.
  • Page 224 6  System Functions System The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed. Key Path System, Show Mode Example SYST:SHOW SYST Backwards Compatibility The hardware statistics that are displayed in the PSA Show System screen have been moved to a...
  • Page 225 The screen is formatted into two groupings: product descriptive information and hardware information. The hardware information is listed in a table format: M9420A: W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 226 6  System Functions System The Previous Page is grayed-out if the first page of information is presently displayed. The Next Page menu key is grayed-out if the last page is information is presently displayed. Key Path System, Show Mode Example SYST:SHOW HARD Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 227 6  System Functions System System Powerdown (Remote Command Only) Remote Command SYSTem:PDOWn [NORMal|FORCe] Notes Shuts down the instrument in the normal way (NORMal) or forced way (FORCe). In case there is another application with modified data pending for saving, the application prompt the user. The system waits until the user responds in the normal mode.
  • Page 228 6  System Functions System exception of the Power Standby key. (The instrument is allowed to be turned-off if Klock is ON.) The Klock command is used in remote control situations where Local Lockout cannot be used. Although primary intent of Klock is to lock-out the front panel, it will lock-out externally connected keyboards through USB.
  • Page 229 6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:METRics:SCPI? Example :SYST:METR:SCPI? Notes The return value is a string with the format “YYYY-MM-DD<space>HH:MM:SS”, in instrument local time. The following commands are excluded from the history accounting: *IDN? *OPT? :SYSTem:DATE? :SYSTem:TIME? :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Queries in the :SYSTem:ERRor subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LKEY subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:METRics subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:MODule subsystem...
  • Page 230 6  System Functions System SCPI Version Query (Remote Command Only) Returns the SCPI version number with which the instrument complies. The SCPI industry standard changes regularly. This command indicates the version used when the instrument SCPI commands were defined. Remote Command :SYSTem:VERSion? Example :SYST:VERS?
  • Page 231 (“hlislip#”). Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:INDex? Example :SYST:MOD:IND? Notes The returned value is meaningless on M9420A.3. Preset Not affected by Preset, reset to 0 with Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module Mnemonic (Remote Command Only) Query only.
  • Page 232 6  System Functions System Preset Not affected by Preset and Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module List (Remote Command Only) Query only. This will return the list of defined mnemonics that can be used in the command line “/Process:<mnemonic>”...
  • Page 233 6  System Functions System SCPI>>syst:err? <<+0,”No error” SCPI>>syst:mod:enab “M9290A_US00000001”,0 SCPI>>syst:err? <<–221,”Settings conflict;Cannot disable default process configuration ‘M9290A_US00000001” Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:ENABle? “<mnemonic>” :SYSTem:MODule:ENABle “<mnemonic>”,0|1 Example :SYST:MOD:ENAB? “M9290A_US00000001” :SYST:MOD:ENAB “M9290A_US00000001”,0 Preset Not affected by Preset and Restore System Defaults Misc. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.13.80 Module Default (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 234 Query only. The query “:SYST:MODule:MODel?” will return model number of the current module. Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:MODule:MODel? Example :SYSTem:MODule:MODel? Notes This query will return model number. e.g. “M9420A” Preset Not affected by Preset, State Saved Initial S/W Revision E.14.14 Module Model Serial Number (Remote Command Only) Query only.
  • Page 235 6  System Functions System Key Path System Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE|USER|LAST :SYSTem:PON:TYPE? Example :SYST:PON:TYPE MODE Preset This is unaffected by a Preset but is set to Mode on a “Restore System Defaults->All” State Saved Backwards :SYSTem:PON:TYPE PRESet Compatibility SCPI the “PRESet”...
  • Page 236 6  System Functions System Example SYST:PON:TYPE USER Readback Text User Preset Backwards Compatibility Power On User Preset will cause the instrument to power up in the power-on mode, not the last Notes mode the instrument was in prior to shut down.  Also, Power On User Preset will User Preset all modes. ...
  • Page 237 6  System Functions System This application is used for Power On Type “Mode and Input/Output Defaults” and Restore System Defaults All. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, the same Power On Application is shared between all the instances. Key Path System, Power On Mode...
  • Page 238 6  System Functions System Preloading Applications During runtime, if a Mode that is not preloaded is selected using the Mode menu or sending SCPI commands, there will be a pause while the Application is loaded. During this pause a message that says “Loading application, please wait …”...
  • Page 239 6  System Functions System GREEN:  The indicator is green when <90% of the memory limit is consumed. This means the applications you have selected can all fit into the analyzer’s memory with room to spare. You will likely be able to load one or more other applications without running out of memory.
  • Page 240 6  System Functions System Save Changes and Exit Applies the configuration of the applications list. The marked applications will be pre-loaded in memory the next time the instrument application is started, and the order of the applications in the list will be the order of the applications in the Mode Menu.
  • Page 241 6  System Functions System does not cause a mode switch. The Power On key, under the Restore System Defaults menu, causes the same action. If you press any key other than OK or Enter, it is construed as a Cancel, because the only path that will actually cause the reset to be executed is through OK or Enter.
  • Page 242 6  System Functions System • "Configuration Memory Total (Remote Command Only)" on page 242 • "Configuration Memory Used (Remote Command Only)" on page 242 • "Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only)" on page 243 Configuration list (Remote Command Only) This remote command is used to set or query the list of applications to be loaded in-memory. Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:LLISt <string of INSTrument:SELect names>...
  • Page 243 6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:VMEMory:USED? Example :SYST:PON:APPL:VMEM:USED? Preset Not affected by Preset Initial S/W Revision A.02.00 Configuration Application Memory (Remote Command Only) This remote command is used to query the amount of Virtual Memory a particular application consumes. Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:APPLication:VMEMory:USED:NAME? <INSTrument:SELect name>...
  • Page 244 Align Now, All. When the Auto Align process transitions to Normal, the analyzer will immediately start to update only the alignments that have expired, thus efficiently restoring the alignment process. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All.
  • Page 245 6  System Functions System While Align Now, All is performing the alignment, bit 0 in the Status Operation register is set. Completion, or termination, will clear bit 0 in the Status Operation register. This command is sequential; it must complete before further SCPI commands are processed. Interrupting the alignment from remote is accomplished by invoking Device Clear followed by the :ABORt command.
  • Page 246 In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All but RF.
  • Page 247 6  System Functions System if invoked with “Align Now, All required”. Couplings Initializes the time for the Last Align Now, All Time. Records the temperature for the Last Align Now, All Temperature. Status Bits/OPC Bits 12 or 14 may be set in the Status Questionable Calibration register. dependencies Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 248 RF required” is generated, and bit 12 is set in the Status Questionable Condition register. None of the new alignment data is used. In EXM/M9420A, Source ARB play will be turned off and the source states will not be restored after Align Now, All but RF.
  • Page 249 6  System Functions System session, so the user should use status register bits to query if the calibration is successfully completed or not. Typical usage is: 1):CALibration:RF:NPENding (Start a RF calibration) 2):STATus:OPERation:CONDition?  (If bit 0 is set, then the system is doing calibration, the user should  do re-query until this bit is cleared ) 3):STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:CONDition? ( to check if there are any errors/failures in previous calibration procedure)
  • Page 250 6  System Functions System completed or not. Typical usage is: 1):CALibration:INTernal:SOURce:NPENding (start an internal source calibration) 2):STATus:OPERation:CONDition?  (Check if the calibration is completed or not, If bit 0 is set, then the system is doing calibration, the user should  repeat this scpi query until the bit is cleared ) 3):STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration:EXTended:FAILure:CONDition? (Check if bit 14 is set or not.
  • Page 251 6  System Functions System the screen is being displayed. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Example :SYST:PON:TIME? Notes Value is the time since the most recent start-up in seconds. State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 252 6  System Functions System was executed. State Saved Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :CALibration:TIME:LRF? Example :CAL:TIME:LRF? Notes Value is the elapsed time, in seconds, since the last successful Align Now, RF was executed, either individually or as a component of Align Now, All.
  • Page 253 6  System Functions System Example :CAL:TEMP:LIF? Notes Value is in degrees Centigrade at which the last successful Align IF was executed. State Saved Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Key Path Visual annotation in the Show Alignment Statistics screen Mode Remote Command :CALibration:TIME:SOURce:LALL? Example :CAL:TIME:SOUR:LALL?
  • Page 254 6  System Functions System The parameters affected are: Parameter Setting Timebase DAC Calibrated Timebase DAC setting Calibrated value Auto Align State Normal (if the instrument is not operating with default alignment data, Off otherwise) Auto Align All but RF Auto Align Alert Time &...
  • Page 255 6  System Functions System I/O Config Activates a menu for identifying and changing the I/O configuration for remote control. Key Path System Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 SCPI LAN Activates a menu for identifying and changing the SCPI over a LAN configuration. There are a number of different ways to send SCPI remote commands to the instrument over LAN.
  • Page 256 6  System Functions System SCPI Socket Turns the capability of establishing Socket LAN sessions On or Off. This allows you to limit SCPI access over LAN through socket sessions. Key Path System, I/O Config, SCPI LAN Mode Remote Command :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle OFF|ON|0|1 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SCPI:SOCKet:ENABle? Example :SYST:COMM:LAN:SCPI:SOCK:ENAB OFF...

  • Page 257: Scpi Socket Control Port (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 HiSLIP Server Turns the HiSLIP server capability On or Off, enabling you to limit SCPI access over LAN through the HiSLIP server. HiSLIP stands for High Speed LAN Instrument Protocol and is part of the IVI–6.1 specification. Here is an example of a VISA connection string used to connect to the HiSLIP Server on an X-Series Spectrum Analyzer: TCPIP0::a-n9030a–93016::hislip0::INSTR...

  • Page 258: System Idn Response

    Factory This key selects the factory setting, for example: “Keysight Technologies,M9420A,MY00012345, E.14.50” where the fields are manufacturer, model number, serial number, firmware revision. Note: In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, all instances use the same factory System IDN response.

  • Page 259: User

    6  System Functions System User This key allows you to specify your own response to the *IDN? query.  You may enter your desired response with the Alpha Editor or a plugin PC keyboard. When you press this key, the active function becomes the current User string with the cursor at the end.  This makes it easy to edit the existing string. ...
  • Page 260 6  System Functions System Multi Sessi sion ü ü – ü – ü W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 261 6  System Functions System ü ü It is inappropriate to control the instrument from multiple computers (or multiple processes or threads of a single computer) when using single session interfaces.  In particular, care must be taken when using LAN VXI–11 (SICL) interface that only a single computer (or single process or single thread) is controlling the instrument;...

  • Page 262: Unlock Remote I/O Session (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System The following queries are permitted over any interface and session even if an interface has the instrument locked: *IDN? *OPT? *STB? *ESR? :SYSTem:DATE? :SYSTem:TIME? :SYSTem:PON:TIME? Queries in the :STATus subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:ERRor subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LKEY subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:LOCK subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:METRics subsystem Queries in the :SYSTem:MODule subsystem...

  • Page 263: Remote I/O Session Lock Owner (Remote Command Only)

    6  System Functions System Single Session interfaces (GPIB, USB–488, and LAN VXI–11) only list interface name. The Session ID is an internally generated identifier, it is not guaranteed to be consistent across instrument software versions (the identifier is free to change when the software of the instrument is updated). ...

  • Page 264: Restore Input/Output Defaults

    6  System Functions System Restore Input/Output Defaults Causes the group of settings and data associated with Input/Output front-panel key to be a reset to their default values. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch.

  • Page 265: Restore Align Defaults

    6  System Functions System Restore Align Defaults This selection causes the Alignment system settings to be a reset to their default values. This does not affect any Alignment data stored in the system. This level of Restore System Defaults does not affect any other system settings, mode settings and does not cause a mode switch.

  • Page 266: Restore Mode Defaults (All Modes)

    6  System Functions System Miscellaneous Setting Default Value SCPI Telnet SCPI Socket SICL Server Softkey Language English System Annotation Display Theme TDColor System IDN Response Factory result of *IDN? System IDN Response selection Factory Confirmation is required to restore the factory default values. The confirmation dialog is: Key Path System, Restore System Defaults Example...

  • Page 267: All

    6  System Functions System Key Path System, Restore System Defaults Example :SYST:DEF MOD Couplings An All Mode will cause the currently running measurement to be aborted, mode switch to the power- on mode and activate the default measurement for the power-on mode.. It gets the mode to a consistent state with all of the default couplings set.

  • Page 268: Control Panel

    6  System Functions System Control Panel… Opens the Windows Control Panel.  The Control Panel is used to configure certain elements of Windows that are not configured through the hardkey/softkey System menus. This feature is not available if option SF1 is installed. The Control Panel is a separate Windows application, so to return to the analyzer once you are in the Control Panel, you may either: Exit the Control Panel by clicking on the red X in the upper right hand corner, with a mouse...

  • Page 269: Licensing

    6  System Functions System Licensing… Opens the license explorer. This feature is not available if option SF1 is installed. For Help on this key, select Help in the menu bar at the top of the license explorer window. Key Path System Notes No equivalent remote command for this key.
  • Page 270 6  System Functions System Remote Command :SYSTem:LKEY:LIST? Notes Return Value: An <arbitrary block data> of all the installed instrument licenses. The format of each license is as follows. <Feature>,<Version>,<Signature>,<Expiration Date>,<Serial Number for Transport> Return Value Example: #3136 N9073A–1FP,1.000,B043920A51CA N9060A–2FP,1.000,4D1D1164BE64 N9020A–508,1.000,389BC042F920 N9073A–1F1,1.000,5D71E9BA814C,13-aug–2005 <arbitrary block data>...

  • Page 271: Security

    6  System Functions System Security Accesses capabilities for operating the instrument in a security controlled environment. Key Path System Initial S/W Revision A.04.00 The Windows operating system can be configured to disable write access to the USB ports for users who are in a secure environment where transferring data from the instrument is prohibited. ...

  • Page 272: Diagnostics

    6  System Functions System Key Path System, Security, USB Example :SYST:SEC:USB:WPR ON          Will set USB ports to Read only Initial S/W Revision A.04.00 Diagnostics The Diagnostics key in the System menu gives you access to basic diagnostic capabilities of the instrument.

  • Page 273: Scpi For Show Hardware Statistics ( Remote Commands Only)

    6  System Functions System The CXA models in which the AC/DC Switch field is called Fixed Atten and that omit the mechanical attenuation fields are the N9000A–503/507 models. Modular HWs only have time and temperature information in Show Hardware Statistics. The data will be updated only when the Show Hardware Statistics menu key is pressed, it will not be updated while the screen is displayed.

  • Page 274: Show Result

    If the self test fails, the following error message will be generated: All other models: “–330, Self-test failed, see log file E:\Agilent\Instrument\FECTestLog.txt” M9420A: “–330, Self-test failed, see Front end self test log file under C:\ProgramData\Keysight\X-Series Instrument” If the self test passes, an advisory message “FEC self-test completed successfully” is generated.
  • Page 275 6  System Functions System Remote Command SYSTem:TEST:WCTS:SHOW:RESult FEC Example SYST:TEST:WCTS:SHOW:RES FEC Initial S/W Revision A.12.50 The example of FEC self test result display is as follows: FEC Self Test Results Produce Number: E6607C Serial Number: MY51380437 Instrument S/W: 11/16/2012   2:51:19 PM FpgaVersionTest Date Time(GMT)

  • Page 276: Internet Explorer

    6  System Functions System 11/23/2012 16:13:57 ABUS_DET_MOD_FLT         18.000      7.800 – Pass 100.000    Show FEC Self Test Results contents (Remote Command Only) A remote command is available to obtain the contents of the Show FEC Self Test Results screen (the entire contents, not just the currently displayed page).

  • Page 277: Trigger Functions

    Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 7 Trigger Functions...

  • Page 278: Trigger

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trigger Accesses a menu of keys to control the selection of the trigger source and the setup of each of the trigger sources.  The analyzer is designed to allow triggering from a number of different sources, for example, Free Run, Video, External, RF Burst, and so forth.

  • Page 279: Trigger Source Presets

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing; Not available for this model number” message. INTernal is only available for M9420A. Preset See table below Status Bits/OPC The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or dependencies Measuring bit is set.
  • Page 280 7  Trigger Functions Trigger SA, WCDMA, C2K, 1xEVDO: EXT1 IQ not For 1xEVDO mode, the trigger source is WIMAX OFDMA, supported coupled with the gate state, as well as the gate others: IMM TD-SCDMA, source.  When the trigger source changes to 1xEVDO, LTE, RFBurst, External1 or External2, the gate state LTETDD, CMMB,...
  • Page 281 7  Trigger Functions Trigger WIMAX OFDMA, All others: TD-SCDMA, IMMediate 1xEVDO, DVB- T/H, DTMB, LTE, LTETDD, CMMB, ISDB-T, Digital Cable TV, MSR WCDMA WCDMA PCON WCDMA QPSK WCDMA, C2K, All except 1xEVDO CDMA1xEVDO: IMMediate CDMA1xEVDO: EXT1 All except SA and IQ not BASIC supported...

  • Page 282: Rf Trigger Source

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger EDGE PVT EDGE/GSM EDGE EVM EDGE/GSM IQMag EDGE ORFS EDGE/GSM Periodic Timer IQ not supported Combined WCDMA IQ not supported WCDMA Combined EDGE/GSM IQ not supported List Power WCDMA, IQ not Step EDGE/GSM supported Transmit LTETDD LTETDD: LTETDD: On/Off...

  • Page 283: I/Q Trigger Source

    −FRAMe - triggers on the periodic timer −IF (video) - same as video, for backwards compatibility only M9420A: −INTernal - triggers on the internal source signal *OPC should be used after requesting data. This will hold off any subsequent changes to the selected trigger source, until after the sweep is completed and the data is returned.

  • Page 284: More Information

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Selects I/Q magnitude triggering for the IQ Waveform measurement and the I/Q input Notes Not all measurements have all the trigger sources available to them. Check the trigger source documentation for your specific measurement to see what sources are available. Not all trigger sources are available for each input. ...

  • Page 285: Free Run

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger The settings setup menu can be accessed by pressing the key for the current trigger source a second time. For example, one press of Video selects the Video trigger as the source. The Video key becomes highlighted and the hollow arrow on the key turns black.

  • Page 286: Video (If Envelope)

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger message goes away when a trigger signal appears. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Video (IF Envelope) Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the video signal as the trigger. The Video trigger condition is met when the video signal (the filtered and detected version of the input signal, including both RBW and VBW filtering) crosses the video trigger level.

  • Page 287: Trig Slope

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Example TRIG:VID:LEV –40 dBm Notes When sweep type = FFT, the video trigger uses the amplitude envelope in a bandwidth wider than the FFT width as a trigger source. This might often be useful, but does not have the same relationship between the displayed trace and the trigger level as in swept triggering.

  • Page 288: Trig Delay

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Notes and RFB triggers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe? Example TRIG:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards Compatibility In ESA/PSA, the Trigger Slope was global to all triggers.  In the X-Series, the slope can be set Notes individually for each Trigger Source. ...

  • Page 289: External 1

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay command affects the delay for the VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, and RFB triggers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay <time> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay? :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay:STATe? Example TRIG:DEL 1 ms Preset 1 us State Saved Saved in instrument state Backwards Compatibility...

  • Page 290: Trigger Level

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the external 1 trigger setup menu. Key Path Trigger Example TRIG:SOUR EXT1                 Swept SA measurement TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT1   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 1.

  • Page 291: Trig Slope

    7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu).
  • Page 292 7  Trigger Functions Trigger +500 ms Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal:DELay Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Backwards Compatibility The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay command affects the delay for the VID, LINE, EXT1, EXT2, Notes and RFB triggers. The legacy :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:OFFSet command is supported for the VIDeo, LINE, EXT1, and EXT2 triggers.
  • Page 293 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Dependencies In some models, there is no second External input.  In these models, the External 2 key is blanked and the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing; Not available for this model number” message.  Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 2.
  • Page 294 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 295 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off In zero span, there is a natural delay in the signal path, which comes from the RBW filter.  This is usually desirable, as it allows you to trigger on events and also see those events, because the signal is delayed from the trigger event.  ...
  • Page 296 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Backwards Compatibility The legacy command: Notes :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:FSELectivity[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 is not supported in the X-Series, as the hardware to do Frequency Selective burst triggers does not exist in X-Series. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00 Absolute Trigger Level Sets the absolute trigger level for the RF burst envelope.
  • Page 297 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE ABSolute|RELative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE? Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00...
  • Page 298 7  Trigger Functions Trigger command (above), will generate an error if sent. Dependencies This key is grayed out and Absolute Trigger Level selected if the required hardware is not present in your analyzer and the current measurement does not support Relative triggering.  Preset –6 dB GSM: ...
  • Page 299 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay <time> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay? :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:DELay:STATe? Example TRIG:RFB:DEL:STAT ON TRIG:RFB:DEL 100 ms Notes Video trigger delay may be set to negative values, in time domain, FFT and even swept. It makes intuitive sense in time domain and works well in FFT mode where the bandwidth of the filter before the video trigger is about 1.25 span.
  • Page 300 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Periodic Timer Triggering: This feature selects the internal periodic timer signal as the trigger. Trigger occurrences are set by the Periodic Timer parameter, which is modified by the Sync Source and Offset. The figure below shows the action of the periodic timer trigger. Before reviewing the figure, we’ll explain some uses for the periodic trigger.
  • Page 301 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Period Sets the period of the internal periodic timer clock. For digital communications signals, this is usually set to the frame period of your current input signal. In the case that sync source is not set to OFF, and the external sync source rate is changed for some reason, the periodic timer is synchronized at the every external synchronization pulse by resetting the internal state of the timer circuit.
  • Page 302 7  Trigger Functions Trigger the internal offset between the periodic timer events and the trigger event. Because the absolute value of that internal offset is unknown, we will just call that the accumulated offset. Whenever the Offset parameter is changed, you are changing that accumulated offset. You can reset the displayed offset using Reset Offset Display.
  • Page 303 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Key Path Trigger, Periodic Timer Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:OFFSet:DISPlay:RESet Example TRIG:FRAM:OFFS:DISP:RES Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sync Source Selects a signal source for you to synchronize your periodic timer trigger to, otherwise you are triggering at some arbitrary location in the frame.
  • Page 304 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Readback Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 External 1 Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects an external input signal as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when the external trigger condition is met using the external 1 input connector on the rear panel.
  • Page 305 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal:LEVel Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal1:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge.
  • Page 306 7  Trigger Functions Trigger message.  Grayed out if in use by Point Trigger in the Source Setup menu.  Forced to Free Run if already selected and Point Trigger is set to External 2. State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger"...
  • Page 307 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 308 7  Trigger Functions Trigger When using the External Mixing path, the Absolute Trigger Level is uncalibrated because the factory default was set to accommodate the expected IF levels for the RF path. Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Scope Meas Global Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:ABSolute <ampl>...
  • Page 309 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Trigger Slope It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:SLOPe? Example TRIG:RFB:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the RF Burst selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu).
  • Page 310 7  Trigger Functions Trigger Readback line Displays a summary of the Auto Trig and Holdoff settings, in square brackets First line: Auto Off or Auto On Second Line:  “Hldf” followed by: • If Holdoff is Off, readback Off • If Holdoff On and Type = Normal, readback value •...
  • Page 311 Trig 2 Out should not be off if internal source works as MXG mode. Otherwise, no trigger occurs and measurement does not start. Note: internal trigger type is only available for M9420A. Key Path...
  • Page 312 7  Trigger Functions Trigger W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 313 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 8 Channel Power Measurement The Channel Power measurement is used to find the total power present in a specified bandwidth. The power spectral density (the power in the signal normalized to 1 Hz) is also reported (In WLAN mode or WLAN radio standard in SA mode, the peak power spectral density for 1 MHz is reported).
  • Page 314 8  Channel Power Measurement Measurement Commands for Channel Power These commands are used to measure the total rms power in a specified integration bandwidth.  Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. :CONFigure:CHPower :CONFigure:CHPower:NDEFault :INITiate:CHPower :FETCh:CHPower[n]? :MEASure:CHPower[n]? :READ:CHPower[n]? :FETCh:CHPower:CHPower? :MEASure:CHPower:CHPower? :READ:CHPower:CHPower? :FETCh:CHPower:DENSity? :MEASure:CHPower:DENSity? :READ:CHPower:DENSity For more measurement related commands, see the SENSe subsystem, and the section Remote...
  • Page 315 8  Channel Power Measurement Remote CommandResults for Channel Power Measurement For WLAN, see Error! Reference source not found. Command Return Value FETCh:CHPower[n]? Refer to the table below. MEASure:CHPower[n]? READ:CHPower[n]? FETCh:CHPower:CHPower? Returns the Channel Power (dBm) MEASure:CHPower:CHPower? (BW compatibility functionality) READ:CHPower:CHPower? FETCh:CHPower:DENSity? Returns the Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz) MEASure:CHPower:DENSity?
  • Page 316 8  Channel Power Measurement Remote Command Results for WLAN Channel Power Measurement Results Returned n=1 (or not Returns scalar results: specified) When the radio standard is NOT WLAN 802.11ac 80 + 80 MHz: 1. Channel Power is a floating point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth.
  • Page 317 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale AMPTD Y Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the vertical scale parameters. The parameter values are measurement independent, except all Attenuation valuesand the Internal Preamp selection, which are the same across all measurements.
  • Page 318 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 319 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation OFF | ON | ELECtrical | COMBined [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used. Then, upon receiving ELECtrical and COMBined, these enums will be interpreted as aliases of ON.
  • Page 320 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet <real> [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –35 dB 30 dB Initial S/W Revision A.13.00 Scale/Div Sets the units per division of the vertical scale in the logarithmic display. However, since the Auto Scaling is defaulted to On, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result.
  • Page 321 8  Channel Power Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Key Path AMPTD Y Scale Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :DISPlay:CHPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom :DISPlay:CHPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? Example DISP:CHP:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS CENT...
  • Page 322 8  Channel Power Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 323 8  Channel Power Measurement Auto Couple W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 324 8  Channel Power Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to specify and control the video and resolution bandwidths. You can also select the type of filter for the measurement and set the filter bandwidth. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Res BW...
  • Page 325 8  Channel Power Measurement Couplings Sweep time is coupled to the RBW. As the RBW changes, the sweep time (if set to Auto) is changed to maintain amplitude calibration. Video bandwidth (VBW) is coupled to the RBW. As the resolution bandwidth changes, the video bandwidth (if set to Auto) changes to maintain the ratio of VBW/RBW (10:1).
  • Page 326 8  Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo? [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO ON|OFF|1|0 [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO? Example CHP:BAND:VID 2.4 MHz CHP:BAND:VID? CHP:BAND:VID:AUTO OFF CHP:BAND:VID:AUTO? Notes You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, cdma2000 mode, DVB-T/H mode, DTMB (CTTB) mode, ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, Digital Cable TV mode, LTE mode, LTE TDD mode, WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode, MSR,LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode or WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command.
  • Page 327 8  Channel Power Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1 Hz 50 MHz Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used. The choices are Gaussian or Flat top. Key Path Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE,...
  • Page 328 8  Channel Power Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1...
  • Page 329 8  Channel Power Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 330 8  Channel Power Measurement File File "File" on page 214 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 331 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 332 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 333 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 334 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 335 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 336 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 337 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 338 8  Channel Power Measurement FREQ Channel W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 339 8  Channel Power Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 150 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 340 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays 12 markers available for selection. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 341 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Properties Accesses the marker properties menu. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Marker Displays 12 markers available for selection. Key Path Marker Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 342 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker All Markers Off Turns off all markers. Key Path Marker Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer:AOFF Example CALC:CHP:MARK:AOFF Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 343 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition <real> :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition? Example CALC:CHP:MARK10:X:POS 0 CALC:CHP:MARK10:X:POS? Notes The query returns the marker’s absolute X Axis value in trace points if the control mode is Normal, or the offset from the marker’s reference marker in trace points if the control mode is Delta. Preset After a preset, all markers are turned OFF, so Marker X Axis Value query returns a not a number (NAN).
  • Page 344 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range On|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 345 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no ‘Marker Functions’ supported in Channel Power, so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 346 8  Channel Power Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no ‘Marker To’ functionality supported in Channel Power measurement, so this front-panel key displays a blank key menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA &...
  • Page 347 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...

  • Page 348: Measurement Group Of Commands

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 349 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.

  • Page 350: Current Measurement Query (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.

  • Page 351: Calculate/Compress Trace Data Query (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 352 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 353 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation. For I/Q trace data, the rms of the magnitudes of the I/Q pairs is returned.
  • Page 354 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 355 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.

  • Page 356: Calculate Peaks Of Trace Data (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.

  • Page 357: Hardware-Accelerated Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 358 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 359 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit Boolean...
  • Page 360 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 361 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps).
  • Page 362 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 363 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 –...
  • Page 364 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 365 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 366 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 367 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power.
  • Page 368 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 369 8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)

  • Page 370: Diagnostic Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.

  • Page 371: Format Data: Numeric Data (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.

  • Page 372: Format Data: Byte Order (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...

  • Page 373: Meas Setup

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the currently selected measurement. The parameters included in this menu are as follows. Averaging IF Gain Channel Power Span Integrated Bandwidth Filter Bandwidth Root Raised Cosine (RRC) Filter Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision...

  • Page 374: Avg Mode

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup DVB-T/H: 20 DTMB (CTTB): 20 ISDB-T: 10 CMMB: 10 Digital Cable TV: 10 WLAN: 10 LTEAFDD, LTEATDD:200 State Saved Saved in instrument state. 10000 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Avg Mode Allows you to select the type of termination control used for the averaging function.

  • Page 375: Integ Bw

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Integ BW Specifies the range of integration used in calculating the power in the channel. The integration bandwidth (IBW) is displayed on the trace as two markers connected by an arrow. Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...

  • Page 376: Method

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz): 80 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 100 Hz Hardware Maximum Span Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00, A.14.50 Method Turns the Root Raised Cosine (RRC) filter On or Off.

  • Page 377: Filter Alpha

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Method Turns the Root Raised Cosine (RRC) filter On or Off. The α value (roll off) for the filter is set to the value of the Filter Alpha parameter, and the RRC filter bandwidth is set to the Filter BW parameter. Key Path Meas Setup Mode...

  • Page 378: Filter Bw

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup mode, LTE TDD mode, WLAN mode,WIMAX OFMDA mode or W-CDMA mode to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies For CDMA2K mode, this key is blank. For 1xEVDO mode, this key is blank. For MSR mode, this key is blank.

  • Page 379: Limits

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup WIMAX OFDMA: 10MHz DVB-T/H: 8MHz DTMB (CTTB): 7.56MHz ISDB-T: 5.6MHz CMMB: 7.512MHz Digital Cable TV: 6.9MHz WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): 16.6 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b: 22 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11n(20MHz): 17.8 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11n(40MHz: 36.6 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state.

  • Page 380: Psd Limit

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Example CALC:CHP:LIM:POW 16.00 CALC:CHP:LIM:POW? CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT ON CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT? Notes This parameter and PSD Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria. If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= Off) ) Pass if (power test passes) Fail if (power test fails) If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= On) ) Pass if ( both power test and PSD test pass) Fail if ( either of power test or PSD test fails)

  • Page 381: Power Limit Fail (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity? :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity:STATe? Example CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD 4.00 CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD? CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT ON CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:STAT? Notes This parameter and Power Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria. If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= Off) ) Pass if (power test passes) Fail if (power test fails) If (( power limit = On) and (PSD limit= On) ) Pass if ( both power test and PSD test pass)

  • Page 382: Psd Limit Fail (Remote Command Only)

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Notes This command is query only. When Power Limit is off, the returned value is always 0 (pass). When Power Limit is on, the returned value is 0(pass) while power test passes and 1(fail) while power test fails.

  • Page 383: Meas Preset

    8  Channel Power Measurement Meas Setup Meas Preset Restores all the measurement parameters to their default values. Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command :CONFigure:CHPower Example...

  • Page 384: Mode

    8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Mode "Mode" on page 190 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 385: Mode Preset

    8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset Mode Preset Returns the active mode to a known state. Mode Preset does the following for the currently active mode: • Aborts the currently running measurement. • Brings up the default menu for the mode, with no active function. •...

  • Page 386: How-To Preset

    8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset User Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 How-To Preset The table below shows all possible presets, their corresponding SCPI commands and front-panel access (key paths). Instrument settings depend on the current measurement context. Some settings are local to the current measurement, some are global (common) across all the measurements in the current mode, and some are global to all the available modes.
  • Page 387 8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Preset Power On Mode Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE System Menu Power On User Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE USER System Menu Power On Last State :SYSTem:PON:TYPE LAST System Menu W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 388: Mode Setup

    8  Channel Power Measurement Mode Setup Mode Setup "Mode Setup" on page 208 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 389: Peak Search

    8  Channel Power Measurement Peak Search Peak Search Places the selected marker on the trace point with the maximum y-axis value. Pressing Peak Search with the selected marker Off causes the selected marker to be set to Normal, then a peak search is immediately performed.

  • Page 390: Print

    8  Channel Power Measurement Print Print "Print " on page 218 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 391: Quick Save

    8  Channel Power Measurement Quick Save Quick Save The Quick Save front-panel key repeats the most recent save that was performed from the Save menu, with the following exceptions: • Register saves are not remembered as Saves for the purpose of the Quick Save function •...
  • Page 392 8  Channel Power Measurement Quick Save If you enter a file name for a given file type, then the prefix becomes the filename you entered instead of the default prefix, followed by an underscore. The last four letters (the suffix) are the 4-digit number. For example, if you save a measurement results file as “fred.csv”, then the next auto file name chosen for a measurement results save will be fred_0000.csv.

  • Page 393: Recall

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Recall The Recall menu lets you choose what you want to recall, and where you want to recall it from. Among the types of files you can recall are States andTraces. In addition, an Import (Data) option lets you recall a number of data types stored in CSV files (as used by Excel and other spreadsheet programs).
  • Page 394 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall The content of a state file includes all of the settings and data required to return the analyzer as closely as possible to the Mode it was in, with the exact settings that were in place, when the save occurred. The Mode settings in each state file include the settings that are affected by Mode Preset, as well as the additional settings affected by Restore Mode Defaults;...

  • Page 395: More Information

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall • Executes a *CLS If the file specified is empty an error is generated. If the specified file does not exist, another error is generated. If there is a mismatch between the file and the proper file type, an error is generated. If there is a mismatch between file version or model number or instrument version or model number, a warning is displayed.
  • Page 396 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Listed below are the functions of the various fields in the dialog, and the corresponding softkeys: Open Performs the recall of the specified file. While the recall is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar.

  • Page 397: Edit Register Names

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Accesses a menu that enables you to sort the files within the File Open dialog. Only one sorting type can be selected at a time and the sorting happens immediately. The sorting types are By Date, By Name, By extension, and By Size.
  • Page 398 8  Channel Power Measurement Recall modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key under Save, State to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, recalling the same register name on each instance is a way to share setups between the instances.

  • Page 399: Sequences

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall After the recall completes, the message "Register <register number> recalled" appears in the message bar.  If you are in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, and you are recalling a register that was saved in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, then after the recall, you will still be in the Recall Register menu. If the Recall causes you to switch modes, then after the Recall, you will be in the Frequency menu.

  • Page 400: Open

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Example :MMEM:LOAD:SEQ:SLIS "MySequence.txt" Dependencies Only available in XOBT Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Open… When you press “Open”, the analyzer brings up a Windows dialog and a menu entitled “File Open.” This menu allows you to navigate to the various fields in the Windows dialog without using a keyboard or mouse.

  • Page 401: Capture Buffer

    8  Channel Power Measurement Recall Readback The data type that is currently selected Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Capture Buffer Capture Buffer functionality is available only in the Code Domain and Modulation Accuracy measurements. The captured data is raw (unprocessed). Key Path Recall, Data Mode...

  • Page 402: Restart

    8  Channel Power Measurement Restart Restart The Restart function restarts the current sweep, or measurement, or set of averaged/held sweeps or measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Restart does a Resume. The Restart function is accessed in several ways: • Pressing the Restart key •...
  • Page 403 8  Channel Power Measurement Restart Even when set for Single operation, multiple sweeps may be taken when Restart is pressed (for example, when averaging/holding is on). Thus when we say that Restart "restarts a measurement," we may mean: • It restarts the current sweep •...

  • Page 404: Save

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save Save The Save menu lets you choose what you want to save and where you want to save it. Among the types of files you can save are States, Traces, and Screen Images. In addition, an Export (Data) option lets you save a number of data types as CSV files for easy import into Excel and other spreadsheet programs.

  • Page 405: To File

    8  Channel Power Measurement Save After saving to a register, that register’s menu key is updated with the date the time, unless a custom label has been entered for that key. After saving to a register, you remain in the Save State menu, so that you can see the Register key update.
  • Page 406 8  Channel Power Measurement Save the file will be overwritten. Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. While the save is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar. File/Folder List Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.
  • Page 407 8  Channel Power Measurement Save This key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It causes the current Save As request to be cancelled.  The ESC key does the same thing. Key Path Save, State Mode Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a State Save Type Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Edit Register Names...
  • Page 408 8  Channel Power Measurement Save consequence of this is that the names will be persistent through a power cycle. Also, if a named state file is transferred to another analyzer, it will bring its custom name along with it.  If you try to edit the name of an empty register, the analyzer will first save the state to have a file to put the name in.
  • Page 409 8  Channel Power Measurement Save what date and time it was last modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, save with different register name if you do not want to overwrite the register of another running instance.
  • Page 410 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>] :MMEMory:CDIRectory? Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The <directory_name> parameter is a string.
  • Page 411 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>] Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Removes a file from the specified directory. The <file_name> parameter specifies the file name to be removed.
  • Page 412 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination. The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the source. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories.
  • Page 413 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) This command is used to set or query a removable media device’s label. Key Path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel <partition>,<string> :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel? <partition> Example MMEM:RMED:LAB “F:”,”My Device” Notes If the <partition>...
  • Page 414 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Sequences These keys allow you to save a Tab separated or CSV file of the setup parameters required to build a Sequence. In order to save you must select the Save As button and choose a destination folder. Key Path Save, Sequences Mode...
  • Page 415 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Sequence Save Type Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Data (Export) Exporting a data file stores data from the current measurement to mass storage files. The Export Menu only contains data types that are supported by the current measurement.
  • Page 416 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. The SCPI parameter is a quoted string, which specifies the filename. Both single and double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over SCPI.
  • Page 417 8  Channel Power Measurement Save • Resolution Bandwidth Shape • RRC Filter Alpha • RRC Filter BW • RRC Filter State • Span • Sweep Points • Sweep Time • Sweep Time Auto • TriggerSource • Video Bandwidth • Y Axis Unit The file contains these data followed by MeasResult1 and MeasResult2 that flag the start of the measurement results.
  • Page 418 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Resolution Band Width 27000 Resolution Bandwidth Shape Gaussian RRC Filter Alpha 0.22 RRC Filter BW 3840000 RRC Filter State FALSE Span 3000000 Sweep Points 1001 Sweep Time 0.004933333 Sweep Time Auto TRUE TriggerSource Free Video Bandwidth 270000 Y Axis Unit DecibelMilliwatt...
  • Page 419 8  Channel Power Measurement Save "To File . . ." on page 2502 in Save, State for a full description of this dialog and menu. The default path for saving files is: For all of the Trace Data Files: My Documents\<mode name>\data\traces For all of the Limit Data Files: My Documents\<mode name>\data\limits For all of the Measurement Results Data Files:...
  • Page 420 8  Channel Power Measurement Save When you continue on into the Save As menu and complete the Screen Image save, the image depicted in the thumbnail is the one that gets saved, showing the menus that were on the screen before going into the Save menus.
  • Page 421 8  Channel Power Measurement Save The Themes option is the same as the Themes option under the Display and Page Setup dialogs. It allows you to choose between themes to be used when saving the screen image. Key Path Save, Screen Image Remote Command :MMEMory:STORe:SCReen:THEMe TDColor | TDMonochrome | FCOLor | FMONochrome...
  • Page 422 8  Channel Power Measurement Save Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FCOL Readback Flat Color Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Monochrome Selects a format that is like Flat Color. But only black is used (no colors, not even gray), and no fill. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example...
  • Page 423 8  Channel Power Measurement Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Single measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global, so the setting will affect all the measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Single does a Resume. "More Information"...
  • Page 424 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Source Opens a menu of keys that access various source configuration menus and settings. In the  test set, pressing this key also causes the central view area to change and display the Source Control Main view. Key Path Front-panel key RF Output...
  • Page 425 8  Channel Power Measurement Source RF Power Allows you to adjust the power level of the source using the numeric keypad, step keys, or RPG. Pressing any digit, 0 through 9, on the numeric keypad brings up the unit terminator. Please refer to the "RF Power Range "...
  • Page 426 –150 dBm 0 dBm Note: This is the UI power range, it’s larger than actual spec. Note2: GPS port is on the multiport adapter, or E6607C which has embedded MPA. M9420A: RF Power Range Max Output Power Max Output Power...
  • Page 427 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Amplitude Dependencies This key is unavailable, and is grayed out when the "List Sequencer" on page 2600 is turned ON. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Ref This key allows you to toggle the state of the power reference. When you use a power reference, the signal generator outputs an RF power that is set relative to the reference power by the value entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power as follows: Output power = reference power + entered power...
  • Page 428 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Displayed value = output power + offset value Where: output power equals the original RF Power entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power offset value equals the value entered under Source>Amplitude>Amptd Offset When the amplitude offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new RF power value under Source>Amplitude>RF Power, the displayed power will be the same as the value entered and the RF output power will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output power = entered power –...
  • Page 429 8  Channel Power Measurement Source "Sequencer" on page 2600 is set to ON, the “MOD” annunciator will be replaced by “SEQ” in the system settings panel indicating that the output is controlled by list sequencer. Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Frequency...
  • Page 430 8  Channel Power Measurement Source 2.4GHz–2.5GHz, 4.8GHz–6.0GHz. If the user-defined frequency is outside of range, UI will report an error message called “Settings conflict; Frequency is outside available range”. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Channel The frequency of the source can be specified by a channel number of a given frequency band. This key allows you to specify the current channel number.
  • Page 431 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) DCS 1800 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1710.200 + 0.20*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 1805.200 + 0.20*(n–512) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 PCS 1900 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 810 1850.200 + 0.2*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤...
  • Page 432 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) Uplink 782 ≤ n ≤ 862 n÷5 + 670.1 4132 ≤ n ≤ 4233 n÷5 1037 ≤ n ≤ 1062 Band VI Downlink n÷5 + 670.1 4387 ≤ n ≤ 4413 n÷5 Uplink 812 ≤...
  • Page 433 8  Channel Power Measurement Source CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) US Cellular Uplink (MS, 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030×N+ 825.000 reverse link) 0.030× (N–1023) + 825.000 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 1024 ≤...
  • Page 434 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) forward link) Secondary 800 Uplink (MS, 0.025×N+ 806.000 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 MHz Band reverse link) 720 ≤ N ≤ 919 0.025×(N–720) + 896.000 Downlink (BS, 0.025×N+ 851.000 0 ≤...
  • Page 435 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) 800 PAMR Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 870.0125 + 0.025×N reverse link) Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 915.0125 + 0.025×N forward link) LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 –...
  • Page 436 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink 5010 5010 – 5179 23010 23010 – 23179 5180 5180 – 5279 23180 23180 – 23279 5280 5280 – 5379 23280 23280 – 23379 … 5730 5730 – 5849 23730 23730 – 23849 5850 5850 –...
  • Page 437 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink FDL_low NOffs-DL Range of FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of (MHz) 1900 36000 36000 –36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199 2010 36200 36200 –36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349 1850 36350 36350 –36949 1850 36350 36350 –...
  • Page 438 8  Channel Power Measurement Source where F is the carrier frequency in MHz Additional channels applicable to operation in the frequency band defined in sub-clause 5.2(d) are defined via the following UARFCN definition: Nt = 5 * (F – 2150.1 MHz)2572.5 MHz ≤ F≤ 2617.5 MHz UARFCN 1.28 Mcps TDD Option The following UARFCN range shall be supported for each band:...
  • Page 439 8  Channel Power Measurement Source channel band allow you to use  channel numbers to set  frequency automatically. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:FREQuency:CHANnels:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850 | BANDI | BANDII | BANDIII | BANDIV | BANDV | BANDVI | BANDVII | BANDVIII | BANDIX | BANDX | BANDXI | BANDXII | BANDXIII | BANDXIV | BANDXIX | USCELL | USPCS | JAPAN | KOREAN | NMT | IMT2K | UPPER | SECOND | PAMR400 |...
  • Page 440 8  Channel Power Measurement Source E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND EGSM Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 R-GSM Selects R-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND RGSM Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 441 8  Channel Power Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND GSM480 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example...
  • Page 442 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 443 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VII Selects Band VII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 444 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XII Selects Band XII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXII Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 445 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND1 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 2 Selects BAND 2 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND2 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 3 Selects BAND 3 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 446 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND6 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 7 Selects BAND 7 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND7 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 8 Selects BAND 8 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 447 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND11 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 12 Selects BAND 12 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND12 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 13 Selects BAND 13 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 448 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND18 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND19 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 20 Selects BAND 20 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 449 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND25 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND26 Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 450 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 33 Selects BAND 33 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND33 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 451 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 38 Selects BAND 38 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND38 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 452 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 43 Selects BAND 43 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND43 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 453 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDC Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND D Selects BAND D as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 454 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:RAD:BAND:LINK UP Preset DOWN Range DOWN | UP Backwards :SOURce:RADio:DEVice BTS|MS Compatibility SCPI :SOURce:RADio:DEVice? Backwards Compatibility BTS maps to the Downlink frequency Notes MS maps to the Uplink frequency Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Set Reference Frequency This key allows you to set the frequency reference.
  • Page 455 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Freq Reference This key allows you to toggle the state of the frequency reference. When the frequency reference state is ON, an annunciator is displayed on the main source view to indicate this state to the user. When you use a frequency reference, the signal generator outputs a frequency that is set relative to the reference frequency by the value entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency as follows: Output frequency = reference frequency + entered frequency...
  • Page 456 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Displayed value = output frequency + offset value Where: output frequency equals the original frequency entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency offset value equals the value entered under Source>Frequency>Freq Offset When the frequency offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new frequency value under Source>Frequency>Frequency, the displayed frequency will be the same as the value entered and the RF output frequency will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output frequency = entered frequency –...
  • Page 457 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Allows you to toggle the state of the ARB function. When the ARB is On, a “MOD” annunciator is displayed in the system settings panel. When the ARB is turned Off, the MOD annunciator is cleared Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command...
  • Page 458 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:WAV “test_waveform.bin” Notes If intended waveform is not in the memory yet, then issuing this command by SCPI will invoke ARB loading operation first, which involves a delay of unpredictable length.
  • Page 459 8  Channel Power Measurement Source name on the HDD. “NVWFM” (none-volatile storage) MSUS (Mass Storage Unit Specifier) is supported in the memory subsystem because the ARB memory cannot be accessed directly. Therefore, files must be downloaded to the instrument hard disk and then loaded into the ARB memory. “NVWFM” MSUS will be mapped to the default directory D: VARB.
  • Page 460 8  Channel Power Measurement Source same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory. To rename a segment, you can either use Windows File Explorer, or the :MEMory:COPY command. NOTE: When a waveform file is loaded to ARB memory, burst timing adjustments are made automatically, based on whether or not a Multiport Adapter is connected to the test set and powered on.
  • Page 461 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEF:DIR? State Saved Persistent, survives a power cycle and a preset but not saved in the instrument state Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments in ARB Memory Allows you access to the sub-menus for managing the files within ARB memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 462 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete:ALL Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DELete:ALL Notes When in Sequence Analyzer mode and Include Source is Yes, an attempt to delete all files from ARB memory is rejected with an error. When Include Source is No and you attempt to delete all files from ARB memory when the ARB is currently playing a file, all files except the one playing are deleted and an error is generated. ...
  • Page 463 Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RSC 100.00 Notes This setting cannot be set in E6640A/M9420A. Grey out on menu and the value is fixed at 70.00%. Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The run-time scaling is one of the values stored within the header file.
  • Page 464 Current RMS Allows you to directly specify current RMS value used to playback currently selected waveform. Please note incorrect RMS value may cause inaccurate power output in E6640A/M9420A that is sensitive to RMS value. This setting is also updated by RMS in waveform header or updated when invoking RMS calculation operation.
  • Page 465 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset AUTO Range AUTO | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Auto RMS will be calculated based on the whole sample range of current selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE AUTO Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 466 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 4 Selects marker 4 to designate sample range used for RMS calculation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode , Marker Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Calculate RMS Allows you to calculate current RMS based on mode selected.
  • Page 467 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Trigger Type Allows access to the trigger type sub-menus. The setting for trigger type determines the behavior of the waveform when it plays. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE CONTinuous | SINGle | SADVance :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE CONT...
  • Page 468 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Trigger + Run Sets Trigger and Run as the trigger response for the continuous trigger type. Trigger and Run sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment continuously when the first trigger is received, and to ignore any subsequent triggers.
  • Page 469 8  Channel Power Measurement Source received during playback are ignored. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Type, Single Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RETR OFF Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Buffered Trigger Selects Buffered Trigger as the trigger response for single trigger type. Buffered Trigger sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment once when a trigger is received.
  • Page 470 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE:SADVance[:TYPE]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE:SADV SING Preset CONTinuous Range Single | Continuous Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Single Selects Single as the trigger response for Segment Advance trigger type. With single selected, once a trigger is received a segment is played once. If a trigger is received during playback of a segment, the segment plays to completion and the next segment is played once.
  • Page 471 8  Channel Power Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIGger KEY Dependencies This key is grayed out if the current trigger type is Continuous, Free Run. Preset EXTernal2 Range Trigger Key | Bus | External 2 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Trigger Key Sets the current trigger source to the front panel Trigger key.
  • Page 472 8  Channel Power Measurement Source active only if you select external trigger as trigger source. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay <time> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay? SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL 100ns :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL? :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT ON :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT?
  • Page 473 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Build New Sequence Allows access to the sub-menus for creating a new waveform sequence. Pressing this key changes the central view area to display the Waveform Sequence Creation and Editing view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only.
  • Page 474 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Segments on Hard Disk Allows you access to the sub-menus for loading waveform segments from the hard disk into ARB memory. The default directory is: D: varb. Pressing this key changes the current view to the Waveform Management View. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 475 8  Channel Power Measurement Source If the ARB is ON when you load afile to ARB memory or delete a file from ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation. The waveform will be replayed after the ARB operation is finished.
  • Page 476 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Default Directory... Allows you to change the default directory. It is used as a search location for waveform segments that are required to be loaded into ARB memory for playback of a waveform sequence, and as a search location for selecting waveforms using SCPI.
  • Page 477 8  Channel Power Measurement Source sequencer, an error is generated. When sequencer state is On, even if ARB state is On, the selected waveform will not be played. In this case, if the selected waveform is not used in List Sequence, it can be deleted and the ARB state is turned Off.
  • Page 478 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Preset 65535 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 1 Allows you to enable or disable marker 1 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 479 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Notes No remote command, front panel only. Preset Enabled Range Enabled|Disabled Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Allows you to enable or disable marker 4 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 480 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, front panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Current Directory... Allows you to change the currently selected directory on the hard disk. Pressing this key opens a standard windows change directory dialog and allows you to select the new directory of interest.
  • Page 481 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Add Waveform Allows you to add the currently selected waveform segment to a multi-pack license. The new waveform is added to the next available slot regardless of which slot was selected on the Multi-Pack License Management view.
  • Page 482 8  Channel Power Measurement Source default directory D: VARB. The SCPI command supports using either “NVWFM” MSUS or specifying a full path. For more information, see Memory Subsystem (Remote Command Only). If a file of the same name already exists within ARB memory, it is overwritten. If you wish to load two segments of the same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory.
  • Page 483 8  Channel Power Measurement Source connection/power status of the Multiport Adapter is changed after a waveform file has been loaded, it needs to be loaded again. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD:ALL <string>...
  • Page 484 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Replace Waveform Pressing this key accesses the Replace Waveform submenu. It also changes the central display area to display the Multi-Pack License Waveform Add view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Utilities, Multi-Pack Licenses Dependencies This key is only available if the currently selected slot is in the trial state.
  • Page 485 8  Channel Power Measurement Source error is generated. Dependencies This key is only available if the currently selected slot is in the trial state. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Lock Waveform in Slot If the selected slot is in the trial state or the lock required state, the waveform that occupies the slot is locked and permanently licensed.
  • Page 486 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Mkr 1 Polarity Allows you to set the polarity of marker 1. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Polarity Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1 POSitive|NEGative :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MPOL:MARK1 NEG Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB.
  • Page 487 8  Channel Power Measurement Source waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The marker polarity is one of the values stored within the header file. If the newly selected waveform file has an associated header file, the marker polarity is updated with the value from the header file.
  • Page 488 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker points should be set before using this function. Enabling this function without setting maker points may create a continuous low or high signal, dependant on the marker polarity. This causes either no RF output, or a continuous RF output. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing Remote Command...
  • Page 489 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 3 Sets marker 3 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Sets marker 4 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example...
  • Page 490 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 1 Sets marker 1 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M1 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 2 Sets marker 2 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example...
  • Page 491 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Clear Header Allows you to clear the header information from the file header associated with the currently selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Header Utilities Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:HEADer:CLEar Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:HEAD:CLE Notes Attempting to clear the header details via SCPI when no waveform was selected for playback will generate an error. ...
  • Page 492 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 AM Depth Allows you to set the amplitude modulation depth in percent. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, AM Remote Command :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear] :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear]? Example :SOUR:AM 0.1 Preset 0.1 % 0.1 % 95.0 %...
  • Page 493 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Enables or disables the frequency modulation. Turning FM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, FM Remote Command :SOURce:FM:STATe :SOURce:FM:STATe?
  • Page 494 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Allows access to the menu for configuring the phase modulation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Enables or disables the phase modulation. Turning PM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error.
  • Page 495 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:PM:INT:FREQ 40.0 Hz Preset 400.0 Hz 10 Hz 40 kHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 List Sequencer Allows you access to the sub-menus for configuring the list sequencer. List sequences allows you to enter frequencies and amplitudes at unequal intervals in nonlinear ascending, descending or random order.
  • Page 496 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Initiate Sequence Pressing this key arms the sequence for single execution. Once the sequence is armed the source begins the sequence as soon as the trigger is received. If the trigger is set to Free Run, the sequence starts immediately.
  • Page 497 8  Channel Power Measurement Source within the steps set to their default values. Decreasing the number of steps removes steps from the end of the list. The settings within the removed steps are not reset. This means that increasing the number of steps again would allow you to retrieve these steps.
  • Page 498 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Notes No remote command, Front Panel key only. If the list already contains the minimum limit of 1 step, no operation will be made after pressing this Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Clear List...
  • Page 499 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Trigger Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:INP:TRIG INT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Manual (Trigger Key) Sets the trigger input for the current step to Manual (Trigger Key). Any step in the sequence set to Manual will cause the sequence execution to stop until the manual trigger key is pressed.
  • Page 500 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Transition Time Allows you to specify the transition time for the current step. The transition time is the amount of time allowed for the source to settle at the current frequency or amplitude value. Transition Time should not be taken as additional time before or inside the Step Duration. You can set a value for the settling time to allow the source output frequency or amplitude to become stable.
  • Page 501 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Radio Standard Allows access to the sub-menus for selecting the radio standard and the associated radio band for use in the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:RADio:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850...
  • Page 502 8  Channel Power Measurement Source P-GSM Selects P-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 503 8  Channel Power Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 504 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band III...
  • Page 505 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VIII Selects Band VIII as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band IX...
  • Page 506 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XIV Selects Band XIV as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Pressing this key once selects LTE FDD as the radio standard and the current LTE FDD band as the active...
  • Page 507 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 4 Selects BAND 4 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 5 Selects BAND 5 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 508 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 10 Selects BAND 10 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 11 Selects BAND 11 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 509 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 18 Selects BAND 18 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 510 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 511 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND34 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 35 Selects BAND 35 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 512 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND39 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 40 Selects BAND 40 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 513 8  Channel Power Measurement Source BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 TDSCDMA Sets TDSCDMA as the radio standard for use and accesses the TDSCDMA specific channel band sub- menus..
  • Page 514 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND E Selects BAND E as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 515 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Channel Allows you to specify the frequency of the current step via a channel number. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency <double> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR 124 :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40. This SCPI is used to setup channel number or frequency setting, according to current Radio Band setting.
  • Page 516 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Option 503 = 3.6 GHz Option 504 = 3.9 GHz Option 506 = 6.00 GHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Allows you to specify a power value for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:AMPLitude <double>...
  • Page 517 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “CW” :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Remote Command Notes String type, takes “Off” | “CW” | “Cont” | “waveform name” Preset Range Waveform | Continue Previous | CW | Off...
  • Page 518 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Cont” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Disable RF outpu of the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Waveform Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Off” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments on Hard Disk...
  • Page 519 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “D: VARB\testwaveform.bin” :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “NVWFM:testwaveform.bin” Notes Because loading the file involves a delay of unpredictable length, this command should be followed by the query *OPC?, which holds off subsequent commands until the loading operating is complete.
  • Page 520 8  Channel Power Measurement Source When Include Source is No and there is insufficient free ARB memory to load all the waveforms, when the ARB memory is full, the copy ceases, and an error is generated. If you specify a directory over SCPI, but the directory does not exist, an error is generated.  If the ARB is ON, a user then loads or deletes file to ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation.
  • Page 521 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Delete Segment From ARB Mem Allows you to remove a segment from ARB playback memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments in ARB Memory Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEL “testwaveform.bin” Notes <string>...
  • Page 522 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Step Duration Allows access to the sub-menus for setting up the duration of play for the current step. The duration can be set to be either the number of times for the ARB file associated with the sequence to play, or a specific time value, or continuous.
  • Page 523 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO 1s :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 This SCPI is reused by “Play Count” ,“Duration Time” and “Continuous Abort” according to current Duration Type setting is “Play Count” or “Duraton Time” or “Continuous Abort”. If current “Duration Type”...
  • Page 524 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Duration Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TYPE CONT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Output Trigger Allows you to specify the trigger output for the current step. The trigger output signal is sent at the start of the step.
  • Page 525 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE SINGle Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Continuous Sets the repetition type as continuous for the whole source sequence. Source list will play continuously after initiation. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE CONTinuous Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 526 8  Channel Power Measurement Source DataMarker Sets the output trigger type as DataMarker for the whole source sequence. When DataMarker is selected, which marker to route is also needed to be set. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYP DAT Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00...
  • Page 527 8  Channel Power Measurement Source Marker 4 Sets the output trigger maker routing to Marker 4 for DataMarker  in  the whole source sequence. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type, DataMarker Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYPE:MARK M4 Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00 Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Manual Trigger Now...
  • Page 528 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale Span X Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you set the horizontal scale parameters. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Span Changes the frequency range symmetrically about the center frequency. The default (and minimum) Span is calculated using the number of carriers and the carrier width where;...
  • Page 529 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale Preset SA: 3 MHz WCDMA: 7.5 MHz C2K: 1.845 MHz WIMAX OFDMA: 20 MHz 1xEVDO: 2.0MHz DVB-T/H: 10MHz DTMB (CTTB): 10MHz ISDB-T: 10MHz CMMB: 10MHz LTE: 7.5 MHz LTETDD: 7.5 MHz Digital Cable TV: 10MHz WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM): 30 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b: 37.5MHz...
  • Page 530 8  Channel Power Measurement Span X Scale WLAN mode, 1xEVDO mode or WIMAX OFDMA mode to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies For MSR mode, this key is blank. For LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, this key is blank. In order to keep backwards compitible with the legacy LTE FDD/TDD, the scpi command is supported in LTE &...
  • Page 531 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Sweep/Control Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set up and control the sweep timeand source for the current measurement. See Key and Command Descriptions – Sweep/Control for more information. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sweep Time...
  • Page 532 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control WLAN: Automatically Calculated LTEAFDD,LTEATDD:Automatically Calculated State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1 ms 4000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Sweep Setup Accesses a menu that enables you to set the sweep state for the current measurement. Key Path Sweep/Control Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 533 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Preset NORMal State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Norm|Accy Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Pause/Resume Pauses a measurement after the current data acquisition is complete. When Paused, the label on the key changes to Resume. Pressing Resume un-pauses the measurement. When you are Paused, pressing Restart, Single or Cont does a Resume.
  • Page 534 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Gate On/Off Turns the gate function on and off. When the Gate Function is on, the selected Gate Method is used along with the gate settings and the signal at the gate source to control the sweep system with the gate signal. Not all measurements allow every type of Gate Methods.
  • Page 535 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Turning on Gate View in other measurements shows the split-screen Gate View. In these measurements, when the Gate View is on, the regular view of the current measurement traces and results are reduced vertically to about 70% of the regular height. The Zero Span window, showing the positions of the Gate, is shown between the Measurement Bar and the reduced measurement window.
  • Page 536 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control A sample of the Gate View screen in other measurements is shown in the following graphic . This example is for the ACP measurement: W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 537 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Turning Gate View off returns the analyzer to the Normal measurement view. In the Swept SA, the normal measurement view is the single-window Swept SA view. When returning to this view, the Swept SA measurement returns to the Span it was in before entering Gate View (even if that is Zero Span).
  • Page 538 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control GateLength. Preset 519.3 µs WiMAX OFDMA: 5 ms GSM/EDGE: 1 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 100 ns 6000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate View Start Time Controls the time at the left edge of the Gate View. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate, Gate View Setup Remote Command...
  • Page 539 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control WLAN: 500 us WLAN: 36 us State Saved Saved in instrument state 0.0 us 100 s Backwards [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:DELay  ESA compatibility Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Length Controls the length of time that the gate is on after it opens. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Remote Command...
  • Page 540 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Any changes to the settings in the setup menus under each Gate Source selection key (for example: Trigger Level, Trigger Delay, etc.) also affect the corresponding settings under the Trigger menu keys. The SCPI commands used for these are the same for Trigger and Gate, since there is only one setting which affects both Gate and Trigger.
  • Page 541 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards Compatibility In the past, the Average detector was not available when Video triggering was on, and consequently, Notes functions that set the detector to average (such as Marker Noise or Band/Intvl Power) were not available when the video trigger was on.
  • Page 542 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, Video Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe? Example TRIG:VID:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 543 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or Measuring bit is set. It is cleared when the trigger actually occurs (that is, after the trigger event occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met).
  • Page 544 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 545 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger Example TRIG:SOUR EXT2                 Swept SA measurement TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT2   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies In some models, there is no second External input.  In these models, the External 2 key is blanked and the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing;...
  • Page 546 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the...
  • Page 547 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control RF Burst Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the RF Burst as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when an RF burst envelope signal is identified from the signal at the RF Input connector. Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the RF Burst trigger setup menu.
  • Page 548 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control the displayed signal level.  This is only true for Amplitude Corrections, not External Gain or Ref Level Offset functions. If mode is Bluetooth, the default value is –50 dBm. Couplings This same level is used for the RF Burst trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the RF Burst selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the RF Burst selection in the Gate Source menu Preset...
  • Page 549 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control 2. Now, in the next cycle of the measurement, the measurement determines a new absolute RF Burst level based on the peak value from the first measurement and the Relative RF Burst Trigger Level (always 0 or negative dB) set by the user. ...
  • Page 550 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:RFB:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the RF Burst selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 551 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control available that is synchronized with the period, and that the signal-to-noise ratio of the signal is not high enough to provide a clean RF burst trigger at all of the analysis frequencies. For example, we might want to measure spurious transmissions at an offset from the carrier that is larger than the bandwidth of the RF burst trigger.
  • Page 552 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:PERiod? Example TRIG:FRAM:PER 100 ms Dependencies The invalid data indicator turns on when the period is changed, until the next sweep/measurement completes. Couplings The same period is used in the Gate Source selection of the period timer. Preset 20 ms GSM: 4.615383...
  • Page 553 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control An increase in the "offset" parameter, either from the knob or the SCPI adjust command, serves to delay the timing of the trigger event. Notes When the SCPI command is sent the value shown on the key (and the Active Function, if this happens to be the active function) is updated with the new value.
  • Page 554 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state –10.000 s 10.000 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Reset Offset Display Resets the value of the periodic trigger offset display setting to 0.0 seconds. The current displayed trigger location may include an offset value defined with the Offset key.
  • Page 555 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC EXTernal Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00, A.14.00 Turns off the sync source for your periodic trigger. With the sync source off, the timing will drift unless the signal source frequency is locked to the analyzer frequency reference.
  • Page 556 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel <level> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel? Example TRIG:EXT1:LEV 0.4 V Couplings This same level is used for the Ext1 trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the Ext1 selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the Ext1 selection in the Gate Source menu.
  • Page 557 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control External 2 Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects an external input signal as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when the external trigger condition is met using the external 2 input connector.
  • Page 558 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control 3.5V Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal2:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge.
  • Page 559 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met). A corresponding pop-up message ("Waiting for trigger") is generated if no trigger signal appears after approximately 2 sec. This message goes away when a trigger signal appears. Backwards Compatibility The legacy command: Notes...
  • Page 560 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE ABSolute|RELative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE? Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00...
  • Page 561 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe? Preset On, 1.000 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 ms +500 ms Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Auto/Holdoff Opens up a menu that lets you adjust Auto Trigger and Trigger Holdoff parameters Key Path Trigger Readback line...
  • Page 562 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Preset Off, 100 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 1 ms 100 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Holdoff Sets the holdoff time between triggers. When the trigger condition is satisfied, the trigger occurs, the delay begins, and the holdoff time begins.
  • Page 563 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control Gate Level (Remote Command Only) Sets the gate input transition point level for the external TRIGGER inputs on the front and rear panel. This is a legacy command for PSA compatibility. It is simply an alias to the equivalent trigger level command. Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal[1]|2:LEVel <voltage>...
  • Page 564 8  Channel Power Measurement Sweep/Control of points is displayed parenthetically, next to the sweep time in the lower-right corner of the display. Changing the number of points has several effects on the analyzer. Since markers are read at the point location, the marker reading may change.
  • Page 565 8  Channel Power Measurement System System "System" on page 219 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 566 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector Trace/Detector Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the detectors for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trace Type Allows you to select the type of trace you want to use for the current measurement. The first page of this menu contains a 1–of–N selection of the trace type (Clear Write, Average, Max Hold, Min Hold) for the selected trace.
  • Page 567 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector • Normal–the detector determines the peak of the CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals. This is also referred to as Rosenfell detection. • Average–the detector determines the average of the signal within the sweep points. The averaging method depends upon the Average Type selection (voltage, power or log scales).
  • Page 568 8  Channel Power Measurement Trace/Detector Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector[:FUNCtion] NORMal | AVERage | POSitive | SAMPle | NEGative [:SENSe]:CHPower:DETector[:FUNCtion]? Example CHP:DET NORM CHP:DET? Notes When you manually select a detector (instead of selecting Auto), that detector is used regardless of other analyzer settings. The Normal detector determines the peak of CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals.
  • Page 569 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trigger "Trigger" on page 278 Free Run "Free Run " on page 285 Video "Video (IF Envelope) " on page 1482 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1482 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1483 Trig Delay "Trig Delay "...
  • Page 570 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trig Delay "Trig Delay " on page 294 Zero Span Delay Comp "Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off" on page 1488 RF Burst "RF Burst " on page 1500 Absolute Trigger "Absolute Trigger Level" on page 1500 Relative Trigger "Relative Trigger Level"...
  • Page 571 8  Channel Power Measurement Trigger Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1497 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1497 External 2 "External 2 " on page 1498 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1499 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1499 RF Burst "RF Burst "...
  • Page 572 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset User Preset Accesses a menu that gives you the following three choices: • User Preset – recalls a state previously saved using the Save User Preset function. • User Preset All Modes – presets all of the modes in the analyzer •...
  • Page 573 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset • Clears the input and output buffers. • Sets the Status Byte to 0. Key Path User Preset Remote Command :SYSTem:PRESet:USER Example :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE:SYST:PRES:USER Notes :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the user preset state. Clears all pending OPC bits.
  • Page 574 8  Channel Power Measurement User Preset Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that recalling a Save State file has. Some settings may need to be limited and therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the mode may have changes when the User Preset file was last saved.
  • Page 575 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display View/Display Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the instrument display as well as turn the bar graph On and Off. The results of the measurement can be displayed as a single spectrum trace view or displayed with a Bar Graph trace on the spectrum trace.
  • Page 576 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display If the current mode is WLAN and the format is WLAN 802.11ac 80+80 MHz, the spectrum view is changed a little so that the results of both carrier segments can be displayed. Spectrum View with Bar Graph off for WLAN 802.11ac (80 + 80 MHz): Spectrum View with Bar Graph on for WLAN 802.11ac (80 + 80 MHz): W-CDMA &...
  • Page 577 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Power Results: The spectrum trace and power bars are displayed in the upper window. Total carrier power, total PSD and total format carrier power are displayed in the lower window. Total format carrier power is total power of carriers of the same Radio Format.
  • Page 578 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Annotation Turns on and off various parts of the display annotation. The annotation is divided up into four categories: 1. Meas Bar: This is the measurement bar at the top of the screen. It does not include the settings panel or the Active Function. ...
  • Page 579 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Key Path View/Display, Display Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Meas Bar On/Off This function turns the Measurement Bar on and off, including the settings panel. When off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Measurement Bar. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command...
  • Page 580 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Note that all of the softkeys that have active functions have these numeric values blanked when this function is on. This is a security feature.. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? Example DISP:ACT OFF Dependencies...
  • Page 581 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Change Title Writes a title into the "measurement name" field in the banner, for example, "Swept SA". Press Change Title to enter a new title through the alpha editor. Press Enter or Return to complete the entry.
  • Page 582 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Notes Uses the :DISPlay:<measurement>:ANNotation:TITLe:DATA <string> command with an empty string (in the Swept SA, the <measurement> is omitted). Preset Performed on Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Graticule Pressing Graticule turns the display graticule On or Off. It also turns the graticule y-axis annotation on and off.
  • Page 583 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:ANNotation[:ALL]? Example :DISP:WIND:ANN OFF Preset On (Set by Restore Misc Defaults) State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility The WINDow parameter and optional subopcode is included for backwards compatibility but ignored Notes – all windows are equally affected. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Themes...
  • Page 584 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display 3D Monochrome Selects a format that is like 3D color but shades of gray are used instead of colors. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM Readback 3D Mono Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Color Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer.
  • Page 585 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range On|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 586 8  Channel Power Measurement View/Display W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 587 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 9 ACP Measurement ACP is a measurement of the amount of interference, or power, in an adjacent frequency channel. The results are displayed as a bar graph or as spectrum data, with measurement data at specified offsets.
  • Page 588 9  ACP Measurement Measurement Commands for ACP The following commands are used to retrieve the measurement results: :CONFigure:ACP :CONFigure:ACP:NDEFault :INITiate:ACP :FETCh:ACP[n]? :READ:ACP[n]? :MEASure:ACP[n]? For more measurement related commands, see the SENSe subsystem, and the section Remote Measurement Functions@29978. W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 589 9  ACP Measurement Remote Command Results for ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned Mode = SA mode, Radio Not specified Returns 3 comma-separated values that correspond to: Std = None, Number of or n = 1 Reference carrier power, carriers = 1 and only lower-adjacent channel power (dBc), and offset A is on upper-adjacent channel power (dBc).
  • Page 590 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 9. Lower offset B - relative power (dB) 10. Lower offset B - absolute power (dBm) 11. Upper offset B - relative power (dB) 12. Upper offset B - absolute power (dBm) 25. Lower offset F - relative power (dB) 26.
  • Page 591 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned LTEATDD, or n = 1 1. 0.0 Meas Type = Total 2. Total carrier power (dBm) power reference 3. Left Reference carrier power (dBm) 4. Right Reference carrier power (dBm) Power Ref = Left & Right 5.
  • Page 592 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned power reference 1. Channel (1) - relative power (dB) 2. Channel (1) - absolute power (dBm) 3. Channel (2) - relative power (dB) 4. Channel (2) - absolute power (dBm) 23. Channel (12) - relative power (dB) 24.
  • Page 593 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 45. Lower offset F - relative power (dB) 46. Lower offset F - absolute power (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) 47. Upper offset F - relative power (dB) 48. Upper offset F - absolute power (dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) If the results are not available, –999.0 is returned.
  • Page 594 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 8. Upper offset B - absolute limit result 21. Lower offset F - relative limit result 22. Lower offset F - absolute limit result 23. Upper offset F - relative limit result 24. Upper offset F - absolute limit result 25.
  • Page 595 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 21 Lower offset F - relative limit result 22 Lower offset F - absolute limit result 23 Upper offset F - relative limit result 24 Upper offset F - absolute limit result When in MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD, this trace includes only outer offset results.
  • Page 596 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned If the results are not available, 9.91E+37 is returned Mode = n = 8 Returns scalar results, in the following order: MSR,LTEAFDD,LTEATDD 1. 0.0 2. Total carrier power (dBm) 3. 0.0 4. Reference carrier power (dBm, dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz) 5.
  • Page 597 9  ACP Measurement Condition Results Returned 7. Inner  Upper offset B - relative limit result 8. Inner  Upper offset B - absolute limit result 21. Inner Lower offset F - relative limit result 22. Inner Lower offset F - absolute limit result 23.
  • Page 598 9  ACP Measurement Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.13.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 599 9  ACP Measurement AMPTD Y Scale AMPTD Y Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the vertical scale parameters. The parameter values are measurement independent, except all Attenuation values and the Internal Preamp selections, which are the same across all measurements. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 600 9  ACP Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 601 9  ACP Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used. Then, upon receiving ELECtrical and COMBined, these enums will be interpreted as aliases of ON. Then, when queried, ON will be returned.
  • Page 602 9  ACP Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –35 dB 30 dB Initial S/W Revision A.13.00 Scale/Div Sets the units-per-division of the vertical scale in the logarithmic display. However, since the Auto Scaling is defaulted to On, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result.
  • Page 603 9  ACP Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command :DISPlay:ACPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom :DISPlay:ACPower:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? Example DISP:ACP:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS CENT DISP:ACP:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS? Notes You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command.  Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 604 9  ACP Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 605 9  ACP Measurement Auto Couple W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 606 9  ACP Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to specify and control the video and resolution bandwidths. You can also select the type of filter for the measurement and set the filter bandwidth. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Res BW...
  • Page 607 9  ACP Measurement IBWR: 27 kHz FAST (WCDMA): 390 kHz You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, this key is grayed out and disabled. If the key is pressed, an advisory message is generated.
  • Page 608 9  ACP Measurement LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo <freq> [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo? [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:VIDeo:AUTO? Example ACP:BAND:VID 1kHz ACP:BAND:VID? ACP:BWID:VID:AUTO ON ACP:BWID:VID:AUTO? Notes The values shown in this table reflect the conditions after a Mode Preset. Dependencies When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, this key is grayed out and disabled.
  • Page 609 9  ACP Measurement LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: ON State Saved Saved in instrument state. 1 Hz 50 MHz Backwards [:SENSe]:ACPower:BWIDth:VIDeo Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 RBW Control Accesses a menu that enables you to select the filter bandwidth and type. Key Path Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00...
  • Page 610 9  ACP Measurement Filter BW Selects a Gaussian filter based on its –3 dB (Normal) bandwidth or its –6 dB bandwidth. Key Path BW, RBW Control Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:TYPE DB3|DB6 [:SENSe]:ACPower:BANDwidth:TYPE?
  • Page 611 9  ACP Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF|ON|0|1...
  • Page 612 9  ACP Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 613 9  ACP Measurement File File "File" on page 214 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 614 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 615 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 616 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 617 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 618 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 619 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 620 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 621 9  ACP Measurement FREQ Channel W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 622 9  ACP Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 150 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 623 9  ACP Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. Note that this hard key and all sub keys are unavailable when "Meas Method" on page 691 is set to RBW.
  • Page 624 9  ACP Measurement Marker Preset OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF|OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Normal|Delta|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Properties Accesses the marker properties menu. Note that this key is unavailable when "Meas Method" on page 691 is set to RBW.
  • Page 625 9  ACP Measurement Marker Preset 2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|1 State Saved Saved in instrument state. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Marker Trace Selects the trace that you want your marker to be placed on. A marker is associated with one and only one trace.
  • Page 626 9  ACP Measurement Marker Couple Markers When this function is On, moving any marker causes an equal X axis movement of every other marker which is not Off. By “equal X axis movement” we mean that we preserve the difference between each marker’s X axis value (in the fundamental x-axis units of the trace that marker is on) and the X axis value of the marker being moved (in the same fundamental x-axis units).
  • Page 627 9  ACP Measurement Marker Example CALC:ACP:MARK3:X 0 CALC:ACP:MARK3:X? Notes The query returns the marker’s absolute X Axis value if the control mode is Normal, or the offset from the marker’s reference marker if the control mode is Delta. If the marker is Off the response is not a number.
  • Page 628 9  ACP Measurement Marker Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command only) Returns the marker Y axis value in the current marker Y axis unit. Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:Y? Example...
  • Page 629 9  ACP Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no Marker Functions supported in the ACP measurement. The front-panel key will display a blank key menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 630 9  ACP Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no Marker To functionality supported in ACP. The front-panel key will display a blank key menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 631 9  ACP Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...
  • Page 632 9  ACP Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 633 9  ACP Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
  • Page 634 9  ACP Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.
  • Page 635 9  ACP Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 636 9  ACP Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 637 9  ACP Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation. For I/Q trace data, the rms of the magnitudes of the I/Q pairs is returned. See the following equation. This function is very useful for I/Q trace data.
  • Page 638 9  ACP Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 639 9  ACP Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.
  • Page 640 9  ACP Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.
  • Page 641 9  ACP Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 642 9  ACP Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 643 9  ACP Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W...
  • Page 644 9  ACP Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 645 9  ACP Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps). This is an advanced feature, and for most cases this should remain at its default value of 0 dB. Preset 0 dB Range...
  • Page 646 9  ACP Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 647 9  ACP Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 – 1 s Default Unit Seconds Initial S/W...
  • Page 648 9  ACP Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 649 9  ACP Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 650 9  ACP Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 651 9  ACP Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power. Preset [0.99] Range...
  • Page 652 9  ACP Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 653 9  ACP Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 654 9  ACP Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.
  • Page 655 9  ACP Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.
  • Page 656 9  ACP Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...
  • Page 657 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the currently selected measurement. The functions included in the measurement setup menu include setting the parameters for the carriers, offsets, bandwidths, measurement methods and types. This menu also allows you to turn noise correction on and off. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 658 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Avg Mode Enables you to set the averaging mode. This determines the averaging action after the specified number of data acquisitions (average count) is reached. When set to Exponential (Exp) the measurement averaging continues using the specified number of averages to compute each averaged value.
  • Page 659 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:COUNt <integer> [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:COUNt? Example ACP:CARR:COUN 1 ACP:CARR:COUN? Notes Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. Note that Carrier sub op code 2 is supported only in Non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Carrier sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS.
  • Page 660 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup ACP:CARR:RCAR? ACP:CARR:RCAR:AUTO OFF ACP:CARR:RCAR:AUTO? Notes Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. Note that Carrier sub op code 2 is supported only in Non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Carrier sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS. You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command.
  • Page 661 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup ACP:CARR:RCFR:AUTO? Notes Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. Note that Carrier sub op code 2 is supported only in Non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Carrier sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS. You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command.
  • Page 662 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Ref Carrier – Power of the specified carrier is the reference of measurement. Use the Ref Carrier key under Carrier Setup to select Carrier Index. See "Ref Carrier" on page 659 for more information. Manual – Power or PSD specified by the user is the reference of measurement. Total Multicarriers –...
  • Page 663 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Carrier Setup, Power Ref, Manual Mode SA, WCDMA Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2[:POWer] <real> [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2[:POWer]? Example ACP:CARR 10 ACP:CARR? Notes Although the default value is defined, the value is recalculated by the measurement result just after measurement.
  • Page 664 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. Note that Carrier sub op code 2 is supported only in Non-SA modes. In the SA mode, Carrier sub op code 1 is used for both BTS and MS. You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command.
  • Page 665 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Carrier Pwr Present Configures the carriers for this measurement. It allows spaces to be inserted between carriers. Carriers with the power present parameter set to Yes are carriers, and those with the power present parameter set to No are spaces.
  • Page 666 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Carrier Spacing Sets the width of the carrier spacing. This will be the value applied to all the current slots, whether they are carriers or spaces. Enter each carrier spacing value individually by selecting the desired carrier on the carrier menu key using the up down arrows, the knob, or the numeric keypad, then enter the carrier width using the carrier spacing menu key.
  • Page 667 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0 Hz 1 GHz Backwards [:SENSe]:MCPower:CARRier[1]|2:LIST:WIDTh (PSA Power Suite) Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Measurement Noise Bandwidth Specifies the Measurement Noise Bandwidth used to calculate the power in the carriers. Each Measurement Noise Bandwidth value is entered individually by selecting the desired carrier on the carrier menu key using the up down arrows, the knob, or the numeric keypad.
  • Page 668 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup TD-SCDMA: 1.28 MHz 1xEVDO: 1.23 MHz DVB-T/H: 7.61 MHz DTMB (CTTB): 7.56 MHz ISDB-T: 5.6 MHz CMMB: 7.512 MHz LTE, LTETDD: 4.515 MHz|4.5 MHz Digital Cable TV: 8.0 MHz State Saved Saved in instrument state. 10 Hz 1 GHz Backwards...
  • Page 669 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup legacy LTE FDD/TDD, the scpi command is supported in LTE & LTE-A converged application. Preset SA, LTE, LTETDD: OFF WCDMA: ON WIMAX OFDMA: OFF TD-SCDMA: ON DVB-T/H: OFF DTMB (CTTB): ON ISDB-T, CMMB: OFF Digital Cable TV: OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 670 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Carrier Coupling Couples carrier settings to carrier #1. The coupled parameters are Carrier Power Present, Carrier Spacing, Measurement Noise Bandwidth, Method, and Filter Alpha. Parameter Name Carrier Coupling Key Path Meas Setup, Carrier Setup, Configure Carriers Key Type Binary Mode...
  • Page 671 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.13.00 Select Offset Selects the offset to configure. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits, Limits Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Preset State Saved...
  • Page 672 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:STATe? Example ACP:OFFS1:LIST 0,0,0,0,0,0 ACP:OFFS1:LIST? ACP:OFFS2:LIST:STAT 1,1,0,0,0,0 ACP:OFFS2:LIST:STAT? Notes The label for this menu key will change depending on the currently selected radio standard or mode. For cdma2000 the label for the menu key will be Offset to Edge. For all other supported standards the label will be Offset Freq.
  • Page 673 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Digital Cable TV: ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF|ON, ON, OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF State Saved Saved in instrument state. 0 Hz 500 MHz Backwards [:SENSe]:MCPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST[:FREQuency] (PSA Power Suite) Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00, A.13.00 Integ BW...
  • Page 674 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup 10 MHz, 10 MHz, 10 MHz C2K: 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz|30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 TD-SCDMA: 1.28 MHz, 1.28 MHz, 1.28 MHz, 1.28 MHz, 1.28 MHz, 1.28 MHz 1xEVDO: C2K: 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz|30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz, 30 kHz DVB-T/H: 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz| 7.61 MHz, 7.61 MHz,...
  • Page 675 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:RESolution <freq>, <freq>, <freq>, <freq>, <freq>, <freq> [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:RESolution? [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:RESolution:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0, ON | OFF | 1 | 0, ON | OFF | 1 | 0, ON | OFF | 1 | 0, ON | OFF | 1 | 0, ON | OFF | 1 | 0...
  • Page 676 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup CMMB: 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz|39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz LTE, LTETDD, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100kHz, 100 kHz|100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz, 100 kHz Digital Cable TV: 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz|39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz, 39 kHz...
  • Page 677 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup warning is generated. Preset SA: 22 kHz, 22 kHz, 22 kHz, 22 kHz, 22 kHz, 22 kHz WCDMA, WIMAX OFDMA: 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz, 1 MHz C2K: 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 150 kHz| 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 150 kHz, 1150 kHz, 1150 kHz, 150 kHz TD-SCDMA: 300 kHz, 300 kHz, 300 kHz, 300 kHz, 300 kHz, 300 kHz 1xEVDO: 300KHz, 300KHz, 300KHz, 300KHz, 300KHz, 300KHz | 300KHz, 300KHz, 300KHz,...
  • Page 678 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe GAUSsian | FLATtop, GAUSsian | FLATtop, GAUSsian | FLATtop, GAUSsian | FLATtop, GAUSsian | FLATtop, GAUSsian | FLATtop [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:BANDwidth:SHAPe? Example ACP:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:SHAP FLAT, GAUS, GAUS, GAUS, GAUS, GAUS ACP:OFFS2:LIST:BAND:SHAP? Notes Offset sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. Note that Offset sub op code 2 is supported only in Non-SA modes.
  • Page 679 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Dependencies When Filter Type if Flattop or Res BW Mode for the offset is Auto, this key is grayed out and disabled. Since Res BW Mode for the offset is preset to Auto on changing Meas Method to RBW or FAST, this key is grayed out and disabled too.
  • Page 680 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup The query returns the six (6) sets of real numbers that are the current absolute amplitude test limits. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits, Limits Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR,LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:ABSolute <real>, <real>,...
  • Page 681 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Compatibility SCPI [:SENSe]:MCPower:OFFSet[1]|2:LIST:ABSolute (PSA W-CDMA) Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00, A.13.00 Rel Lim (Car) Enters a relative limit value for the carrier level. This sets the amplitude levels to test against for the specified offsets.
  • Page 682 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup DVB-T/H: –60, –60, 0 , 0, 0, 0|–60, –60, 0, 0, 0, 0 DTMB (CTTB): –45, –60, –60 , –60, 50, 50|–45, –60, –60, –60, 50, 50 ISDB-T: –60, –60, 0 , 0, 0, 0|–60, –60, 0, 0, 0, 0 CMMB: –45, –60, –60 , –60, 50, 50|–45, –60, –60, –60, 50, 50 LTE, LTETDD, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: –44.2, –44.2, –44.2, –44.2, –44.2, –44.2|–29.2, –29.2, –...
  • Page 683 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup 50.0 Backwards :CALCulate:MCPower:OFFSet:LIST:LIMit:POSitive[:UPPer]:DATA (PSA Power Suite) Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision A.04.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.13.00 Negative Offset Limit Enables you to set the upper limit for the lower segment of the specified offset pair. Mode SA, WCDMA, CDMA2K, WIMAXOFDMA, TDSCDMA, CDMA1XEV, DVB, DTMB, LTE, LTETDD, DCATV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD...
  • Page 684 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup offsets are available, the list contains six (6) entries. The offset closest to the carrier channel is the first one in the list. [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet[n][:OUTer] :LIST:TEST selects the type of testing to be done at each offset. You can turn off (not use) specific offsets with the [:SENSe]:ACP:OFFSet[n][:OUTer] :LIST:STATe command.
  • Page 685 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Fail Mask Accesses a menu that enables you to select one of the logic keys for the fail conditions between the measurement results and the test limits. The setting defines the type of testing to be done at any custom offset frequencies.
  • Page 686 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup ISDB-T : REL, REL, REL, REL, REL, REL CMMB : OR,AND, AND,AND, REL, REL LTE, LTETDD, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: AND, AND, AND, AND, AND, AND|AND, AND, AND, AND, AND, AND Digital Cable TV: REL, REL, REL, REL, REL, REL State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 687 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Notes OFFSet1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the Spectrum Analysis mode, W-CDMA mode, cdma2000 mode, TD-SCDMA mode, DTMB (CTTB) mode, DVB-T/H mode, ISDB-T mode, CMMB mode, Digital Cable TV mode, 1xEVDO mode, WIMAX OFDMA mode, LTE mode, LTETDD ,LTEAFDD,LTEATDD or MSR mode to use this command.
  • Page 688 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Digital Cable TV: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0|0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0|0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Integ BW|RRC Weighted Initial S/W Revision A.03.00...
  • Page 689 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Initial S/W Revision A.03.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.13.00 Filter Alpha for Offset Sets the alpha value for the RRC Filter for each offset. Key Path Meas Setup, Offset/Limits, Method, RRC Weighted Mode SA, WCDMA, WIMAX OFDMA,TD-SCDMA, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:OFFSet[1]|2[:OUTer]:LIST:FILTer:ALPHa <real>, <real>,...
  • Page 690 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup 3GPP2 requires the “From Carrier Center to MeasBW Closer Edge” definition. LTE conformance test requires “From Carrier Edge to MeasBW Center” and/or “From Carrier Edge to MeasBW Closer Edge” definition. • CTOCenter – From the center of the carrier closest to the adjacent channel to the center of the adjacent channel Offset Integ BW •...
  • Page 691 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup State Saved Number of carriers. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Meas Method Sets the desired method to measure ACP. Integration BW — one sweep of the trace is taken, and the band power for each offset is computed. Depending on the status of the Meas Type parameter (Total Power Reference or PSD Reference), results are displayed relative to the total power or the power spectral density.
  • Page 692 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup message will be reported. In the TDSCDMA mode, only the IBW method is available to use. Therefore, the measure method key is not displayed in the TD-SCDMA mode. CDMA1xEVDO mode only supports RBW and Integration BW method. C2K mode only supports RBW, Integration BW and FAST method.

  • Page 693: Limit Test

    9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:TYPE TPRef|PSDRef [:SENSe]:ACPower:TYPE? Example ACP:TYPE PSDR ACP:TYPE? Notes You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.

  • Page 694: Meas Preset

    9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:ACPower:LIMit:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :CALCulate:ACPower:LIMit:STATe? Example CALC:ACP:LIM:STAT OFF CALC:ACP:LIM:STAT? Notes You must be in the mode that includes ACP measurements to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.

  • Page 695: Offset Rrc Weighting (Backward Compatibility Scpi)

    9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Couplings Selecting Meas Preset will restore all measurement parameters to their default values. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Offset RRC Weighting (Backward Compatibility SCPI) Mode SA, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, WIMAX OFDMA, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1...

  • Page 696: Offset Filter Alpha (Backward Compatibility Scpi)

    9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Offset Filter Alpha (Backward Compatibility SCPI) Mode SA, WCDMA, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa <real> [:SENSe]:ACPower:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa? Example ACP:FILT:ALPH 0.5 ACP:FILT:ALPH? Notes This parameter is not available for cdma2000 and 1xEVDO The backwards Compatibility SCPI command, [:SENSe]:ACPR:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa, is provided to support same functionality as [:SENSe]:ACPr:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa (PSA W-CDMA, PSA cdma2000 and PSA 1xEVDO) due to ACPr node conflicts with ACPower node.
  • Page 697 9  ACP Measurement Meas Setup Maximum of Array length depends on the number  of carriers. Couplings This command is an alias to [:SENSe]:ACPower:CARRier[1]|2:LIST:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] The enum value translates as follows: RRC Weighted = 1|ON Integ BW = 0|OFF Maximum of Array length depends on the number of carriers. Preset SA: IBW WCDMA: RRC...

  • Page 698: Mode

    9  ACP Measurement Mode Mode "Mode" on page 190 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 699: Mode Preset

    9  ACP Measurement Mode Preset Mode Preset Returns the active mode to a known state. Mode Preset does the following for the currently active mode: • Aborts the currently running measurement. • Brings up the default menu for the mode, with no active function. •...

  • Page 700: How-To Preset

    9  ACP Measurement Mode Preset User Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 How-To Preset The table below shows all possible presets, their corresponding SCPI commands and front-panel access (key paths). Instrument settings depend on the current measurement context. Some settings are local to the current measurement, some are global (common) across all the measurements in the current mode, and some are global to all the available modes.
  • Page 701 9  ACP Measurement Mode Preset Power On Mode Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE MODE System Menu Power On User Preset :SYSTem:PON:TYPE USER System Menu Power On Last State :SYSTem:PON:TYPE LAST System Menu W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 702: Mode Setup

    9  ACP Measurement Mode Setup Mode Setup "Mode Setup" on page 208 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 703: Peak Search

    9  ACP Measurement Peak Search Peak Search Places the selected marker on the trace point with the maximum y-axis value. Key Path Peak Search Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MAXimum Example...

  • Page 704: Next Pk Left

    9  ACP Measurement Peak Search Next Pk Left Moves the selected marker to the nearest peak to the left of the current marker that meets all enabled peak criteria. Key Path Peak Search Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MAXimum:LEFT...
  • Page 705 9  ACP Measurement Peak Search Key Path Peak Search Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :CALCulate:ACPower:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MINimum Example CALC:ACP:MARK:MIN Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 W-CDMA &...

  • Page 706: Print

    9  ACP Measurement Print Print "Print " on page 218 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...

  • Page 707: Quick Save

    9  ACP Measurement Quick Save Quick Save The Quick Save front-panel key repeats the most recent save that was performed from the Save menu, with the following exceptions: • Register saves are not remembered as Saves for the purpose of the Quick Save function •...
  • Page 708 9  ACP Measurement Quick Save If you enter a file name for a given file type, then the prefix becomes the filename you entered instead of the default prefix, followed by an underscore. The last four letters (the suffix) are the 4-digit number. For example, if you save a measurement results file as “fred.csv”, then the next auto file name chosen for a measurement results save will be fred_0000.csv.

  • Page 709: Recall

    9  ACP Measurement Recall Recall The Recall menu lets you choose what you want to recall, and where you want to recall it from. Among the types of files you can recall are States andTraces. In addition, an Import (Data) option lets you recall a number of data types stored in CSV files (as used by Excel and other spreadsheet programs).
  • Page 710 9  ACP Measurement Recall The content of a state file includes all of the settings and data required to return the analyzer as closely as possible to the Mode it was in, with the exact settings that were in place, when the save occurred. The Mode settings in each state file include the settings that are affected by Mode Preset, as well as the additional settings affected by Restore Mode Defaults;...

  • Page 711: More Information

    9  ACP Measurement Recall • Executes a *CLS If the file specified is empty an error is generated. If the specified file does not exist, another error is generated. If there is a mismatch between the file and the proper file type, an error is generated. If there is a mismatch between file version or model number or instrument version or model number, a warning is displayed.
  • Page 712 9  ACP Measurement Recall Listed below are the functions of the various fields in the dialog, and the corresponding softkeys: Open Performs the recall of the specified file. While the recall is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar. File/Folder List Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.

  • Page 713: Edit Register Names

    9  ACP Measurement Recall Accesses a menu that enables you to sort the files within the File Open dialog. Only one sorting type can be selected at a time and the sorting happens immediately. The sorting types are By Date, By Name, By extension, and By Size.
  • Page 714 9  ACP Measurement Recall modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key under Save, State to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, recalling the same register name on each instance is a way to share setups between the instances.

  • Page 715: Sequences

    9  ACP Measurement Recall After the recall completes, the message "Register <register number> recalled" appears in the message bar.  If you are in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, and you are recalling a register that was saved in the Spectrum Analyzer Mode, then after the recall, you will still be in the Recall Register menu. If the Recall causes you to switch modes, then after the Recall, you will be in the Frequency menu.

  • Page 716: Open

    9  ACP Measurement Recall Example :MMEM:LOAD:SEQ:SLIS "MySequence.txt" Dependencies Only available in XOBT Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Open… When you press “Open”, the analyzer brings up a Windows dialog and a menu entitled “File Open.” This menu allows you to navigate to the various fields in the Windows dialog without using a keyboard or mouse.

  • Page 717: Capture Buffer

    9  ACP Measurement Recall Readback The data type that is currently selected Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Capture Buffer Capture Buffer functionality is available only in the Code Domain and Modulation Accuracy measurements. The captured data is raw (unprocessed). Key Path Recall, Data Mode...

  • Page 718: Restart

    9  ACP Measurement Restart Restart The Restart function restarts the current sweep, or measurement, or set of averaged/held sweeps or measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Restart does a Resume. The Restart function is accessed in several ways: • Pressing the Restart key •...
  • Page 719 9  ACP Measurement Restart Even when set for Single operation, multiple sweeps may be taken when Restart is pressed (for example, when averaging/holding is on). Thus when we say that Restart "restarts a measurement," we may mean: • It restarts the current sweep •...

  • Page 720: Save

    9  ACP Measurement Save Save The Save menu lets you choose what you want to save and where you want to save it. Among the types of files you can save are States, Traces, and Screen Images. In addition, an Export (Data) option lets you save a number of data types as CSV files for easy import into Excel and other spreadsheet programs.

  • Page 721: To File

    9  ACP Measurement Save After saving to a register, that register’s menu key is updated with the date the time, unless a custom label has been entered for that key. After saving to a register, you remain in the Save State menu, so that you can see the Register key update.
  • Page 722 9  ACP Measurement Save the file will be overwritten. Using the C: drive is strongly discouraged, since it runs the risk of being overwritten during an instrument software upgrade. While the save is being performed, the floppy icon appears briefly in the Meas bar. File/Folder List Enables you to navigate to the center of the dialog that contains the list of files and folders.

  • Page 723: Edit Register Names

    9  ACP Measurement Save This key corresponds to the Cancel selection in the dialog. It causes the current Save As request to be cancelled.  The ESC key does the same thing. Key Path Save, State Mode Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a State Save Type Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Edit Register Names...

  • Page 724: Register 1 Thru Register 16

    9  ACP Measurement Save consequence of this is that the names will be persistent through a power cycle. Also, if a named state file is transferred to another analyzer, it will bring its custom name along with it.  If you try to edit the name of an empty register, the analyzer will first save the state to have a file to put the name in.

  • Page 725: Mass Storage Catalog  (Remote Command Only)

    9  ACP Measurement Save what date and time it was last modified. In addition, you can use the Edit Register Names key to enter custom names for each register. In products that run multiple instances of the X-Series Application, save with different register name if you do not want to overwrite the register of another running instance.

  • Page 726: Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only)

    9  ACP Measurement Save Mass Storage Change Directory (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>] :MMEMory:CDIRectory? Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The <directory_name> parameter is a string.
  • Page 727 9  ACP Measurement Save Mass Storage Delete   (Remote Command Only) Key path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>] Notes The string must be a valid logical path. Removes a file from the specified directory. The <file_name> parameter specifies the file name to be removed.
  • Page 728 9  ACP Measurement Save Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination. The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the source. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories.
  • Page 729 9  ACP Measurement Save Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) This command is used to set or query a removable media device’s label. Key Path SCPI Only Remote Command :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel <partition>,<string> :MMEMory:RMEDia:LABel? <partition> Example MMEM:RMED:LAB “F:”,”My Device” Notes If the <partition>...
  • Page 730 9  ACP Measurement Save Sequences These keys allow you to save a Tab separated or CSV file of the setup parameters required to build a Sequence. In order to save you must select the Save As button and choose a destination folder. Key Path Save, Sequences Mode...
  • Page 731 9  ACP Measurement Save Notes Brings up Save As dialog for saving a Sequence Save Type Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Data (Export) Exporting a data file stores data from the current measurement to mass storage files. The Export Menu only contains data types that are supported by the current measurement. Since the commonly exported data files are in .csv format, the data can be edited by you ...
  • Page 732 9  ACP Measurement Save instrument software upgrade. The SCPI parameter is a quoted string that specifies the filename. Both single and double quotes are supported for any filename parameter over SCPI. Dependencies The current active measurement must be the ACP measurement to use this command. Status Bits/OPC Sequential –...
  • Page 733 9  ACP Measurement Save • Electrical Atten State • External Array Trigger Delay • External Array Trigger Delay State • External Array Trigger Level • External Array Trigger Slope • Filter Alpha • Filter BW • Filter Type • Internal Preamp •...
  • Page 734 9  ACP Measurement Save • Offset Rel Lim (PSD) • Offset Res BW • Offset Res BW Mode • Offset Video BW • Offset Video BW Mode • Periodic Timer Period • Periodic Timer Sync Source • Periodic Timer Trigger Delay •...
  • Page 735 9  ACP Measurement Save • Sweep Time • Sweep Time Auto • Trigger Holdoff • Trigger Holdoff State • Trigger Source • Video BW • Video BW Auto The file contains these data followed by MeasResult1, MeasResult2, and MeasResult3 that flag the start of the measurement results.
  • Page 736 9  ACP Measurement Save Average State TRUE Bar Graph TRUE Carrier TRUE TRUE Coupling Carrier Pwr Present Carrier 5000000 5000 Spacing Carriers Center 1.33E+10 Frequency Center 800000 Frequency Step Center TRUE Frequency Step State Detector Auto TRUE Detector Average Selection Electrical Atten Electrical...
  • Page 737 9  ACP Measurement Save Limit Test FALSE Line Trigger 1.00E–06 Delay Line Trigger FALSE Delay State Line Trigger Positive Slope Meas Method IbwSpeed Meas Type TPRef Measurement 2000000 2000 Noise Bandwidth Mechanical Atten MechanicalAtt S2dB enStepEnum Method Noise FALSE Correction Offset Abs Limit Offset Fail...
  • Page 738 9  ACP Measurement Save Offset Res BW 220000 2200 Offset Res BW TRUE TRUE Mode Offset Video 22000 2200 Offset Video TRUE TRUE BW Mode Periodic Timer 0.02 Period Periodic Timer None Sync Source Periodic Timer 1.00E–06 Trigger Delay Periodic Timer FALSE Trigger Delay State...
  • Page 739 9  ACP Measurement Save State RFBurst –20 Trigger Level RFBurst –6 Trigger Level RFBurst Absolute Trigger Level Type RFBurst Positive Trigger Slope Scale/Div Span 8000000 Sweep Time 0.02 Sweep Time TRUE Auto Trigger Holdoff Trigger Holdoff FALSE State Trigger Source Free Video BW 22000...
  • Page 740 9  ACP Measurement Save Use Capture Buffer to perform analysis of the same captured data using ‘Code Domain’ and ‘Modulation Accuracy’ measurements, or to  playback previously saved captured data. Key Path Save, Data Mode WCDMA Example MMEM:STOR:CAPT "MyCaptureData.bin" This stores the capture data in the file MyCaptureData.bin in the default directory. Dependencies Capture buffer functionality is available for the Code Domain and Modulation Accuracy measurements.
  • Page 741 9  ACP Measurement Save Image (Themes) or navigate to the Save As dialog to perform the actual save. Screen Image files contain an exact representation of the analyzer display. They cannot be loaded back onto the analyzer, but they can be loaded into your PC for use in many popular applications. The image to be saved is actually captured when the Save front panel key is pressed, and kept in temporary storage to be used if you ask for a Screen Image save. ...
  • Page 742 9  ACP Measurement Save Themes Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to choose the theme to be used when saving the screen image. The Themes option is the same as the Themes option under the Display and Page Setup dialogs. It allows you to choose between themes to be used when saving the screen image.
  • Page 743 9  ACP Measurement Save Flat Color Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM FCOL Readback Flat Color Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Monochrome Selects a format that is like Flat Color.
  • Page 744 9  ACP Measurement Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Single (Single Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Single measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global, so the setting will affect all the measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Single does a Resume. "More Information" on page 744 Key Path Front-panel key Example...
  • Page 745 9  ACP Measurement Source Source Opens a menu of keys that access various source configuration menus and settings. In the  test set, pressing this key also causes the central view area to change and display the Source Control Main view. Key Path Front-panel key RF Output...
  • Page 746 9  ACP Measurement Source RF Power Allows you to adjust the power level of the source using the numeric keypad, step keys, or RPG. Pressing any digit, 0 through 9, on the numeric keypad brings up the unit terminator. Please refer to the "RF Power Range "...
  • Page 747 –150 dBm 0 dBm Note: This is the UI power range, it’s larger than actual spec. Note2: GPS port is on the multiport adapter, or E6607C which has embedded MPA. M9420A: RF Power Range Max Output Power Max Output Power...
  • Page 748 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Amplitude Dependencies This key is unavailable, and is grayed out when the "List Sequencer" on page 2600 is turned ON. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Ref This key allows you to toggle the state of the power reference. When you use a power reference, the signal generator outputs an RF power that is set relative to the reference power by the value entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power as follows: Output power = reference power + entered power...
  • Page 749 9  ACP Measurement Source Displayed value = output power + offset value Where: output power equals the original RF Power entered under Source>Amplitude>RF Power offset value equals the value entered under Source>Amplitude>Amptd Offset When the amplitude offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new RF power value under Source>Amplitude>RF Power, the displayed power will be the same as the value entered and the RF output power will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output power = entered power –...
  • Page 750 9  ACP Measurement Source "Sequencer" on page 2600 is set to ON, the “MOD” annunciator will be replaced by “SEQ” in the system settings panel indicating that the output is controlled by list sequencer. Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Frequency Allows you to access the Frequency sub-menu.
  • Page 751 9  ACP Measurement Source 2.4GHz–2.5GHz, 4.8GHz–6.0GHz. If the user-defined frequency is outside of range, UI will report an error message called “Settings conflict; Frequency is outside available range”. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Channel The frequency of the source can be specified by a channel number of a given frequency band. This key allows you to specify the current channel number.
  • Page 752 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) DCS 1800 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 1710.200 + 0.20*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 1805.200 + 0.20*(n–512) 512 ≤ n ≤ 885 PCS 1900 Uplink (MS) 512 ≤ n ≤ 810 1850.200 + 0.2*(n–512) Downlink (BS) 512 ≤...
  • Page 753 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) Uplink 782 ≤ n ≤ 862 n÷5 + 670.1 4132 ≤ n ≤ 4233 n÷5 1037 ≤ n ≤ 1062 Band VI Downlink n÷5 + 670.1 4387 ≤ n ≤ 4413 n÷5 Uplink 812 ≤...
  • Page 754 9  ACP Measurement Source CDMA 2000 / 1xEVDO Channel Number Ranges Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) US Cellular Uplink (MS, 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030×N+ 825.000 reverse link) 0.030× (N–1023) + 825.000 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 1024 ≤ N ≤ 1323 0.030×...
  • Page 755 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) forward link) Secondary 800 Uplink (MS, 0.025×N+ 806.000 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 MHz Band reverse link) 720 ≤ N ≤ 919 0.025×(N–720) + 896.000 Downlink (BS, 0.025×N+ 851.000 0 ≤ N ≤ 719 forward link) 720 ≤...
  • Page 756 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Link (Device) Range Frequency (MHz) 800 PAMR Uplink (MS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 870.0125 + 0.025×N reverse link) Downlink (BS, 0 ≤ N ≤ 239 915.0125 + 0.025×N forward link) LTE FDD Channel Number Ranges The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 –...
  • Page 757 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink 5010 5010 – 5179 23010 23010 – 23179 5180 5180 – 5279 23180 23180 – 23279 5280 5280 – 5379 23280 23280 – 23379 … 5730 5730 – 5849 23730 23730 – 23849 5850 5850 –...
  • Page 758 9  ACP Measurement Source Band Downlink Uplink FDL_low NOffs-DL Range of FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of (MHz) 1900 36000 36000 –36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199 2010 36200 36200 –36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349 1850 36350 36350 –36949 1850 36350 36350 –...
  • Page 759 9  ACP Measurement Source where F is the carrier frequency in MHz Additional channels applicable to operation in the frequency band defined in sub-clause 5.2(d) are defined via the following UARFCN definition: Nt = 5 * (F – 2150.1 MHz)2572.5 MHz ≤ F≤ 2617.5 MHz UARFCN 1.28 Mcps TDD Option The following UARFCN range shall be supported for each band:...
  • Page 760 9  ACP Measurement Source channel band allow you to use  channel numbers to set  frequency automatically. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:FREQuency:CHANnels:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850 | BANDI | BANDII | BANDIII | BANDIV | BANDV | BANDVI | BANDVII | BANDVIII | BANDIX | BANDX | BANDXI | BANDXII | BANDXIII | BANDXIV | BANDXIX | USCELL | USPCS | JAPAN | KOREAN | NMT | IMT2K | UPPER | SECOND | PAMR400 |...
  • Page 761 9  ACP Measurement Source E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND EGSM Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 R-GSM Selects R-GSM as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND RGSM Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 762 9  ACP Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND GSM480 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Example...
  • Page 763 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDII Initial S/W Revision A.05.00...
  • Page 764 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VII Selects Band VII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDVII Initial S/W Revision A.05.00...
  • Page 765 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXI Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XII Selects Band XII as the active channel band. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDXII Initial S/W Revision A.05.00...
  • Page 766 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND1 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 2 Selects BAND 2 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND2 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 3 Selects BAND 3 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 767 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND6 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 7 Selects BAND 7 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND7 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 8 Selects BAND 8 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 768 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND11 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 12 Selects BAND 12 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND12 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 13 Selects BAND 13 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 769 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND18 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND19 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 20 Selects BAND 20 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 770 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND25 Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND26 Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step.
  • Page 771 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 33 Selects BAND 33 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND33 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 772 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 38 Selects BAND 38 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND38 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 773 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 43 Selects BAND 43 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND43 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 774 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDC Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND D Selects BAND D as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 775 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:RAD:BAND:LINK UP Preset DOWN Range DOWN | UP Backwards :SOURce:RADio:DEVice BTS|MS Compatibility SCPI :SOURce:RADio:DEVice? Backwards Compatibility BTS maps to the Downlink frequency Notes MS maps to the Uplink frequency Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Set Reference Frequency This key allows you to set the frequency reference.
  • Page 776 9  ACP Measurement Source Freq Reference This key allows you to toggle the state of the frequency reference. When the frequency reference state is ON, an annunciator is displayed on the main source view to indicate this state to the user. When you use a frequency reference, the signal generator outputs a frequency that is set relative to the reference frequency by the value entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency as follows: Output frequency = reference frequency + entered frequency...
  • Page 777 9  ACP Measurement Source Displayed value = output frequency + offset value Where: output frequency equals the original frequency entered under Source>Frequency>Frequency offset value equals the value entered under Source>Frequency>Freq Offset When the frequency offset is set to a value other than zero (0) and you enter a new frequency value under Source>Frequency>Frequency, the displayed frequency will be the same as the value entered and the RF output frequency will be equal to the value entered minus the offset value as follows: Output frequency = entered frequency –...
  • Page 778 9  ACP Measurement Source Allows you to toggle the state of the ARB function. When the ARB is On, a “MOD” annunciator is displayed in the system settings panel. When the ARB is turned Off, the MOD annunciator is cleared Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command...
  • Page 779 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:WAV “test_waveform.bin” Notes If intended waveform is not in the memory yet, then issuing this command by SCPI will invoke ARB loading operation first, which involves a delay of unpredictable length. So this command should be followed by the query *OPC?, which holds off subsequent commands until the loading operating is complete.
  • Page 780 9  ACP Measurement Source name on the HDD. “NVWFM” (none-volatile storage) MSUS (Mass Storage Unit Specifier) is supported in the memory subsystem because the ARB memory cannot be accessed directly. Therefore, files must be downloaded to the instrument hard disk and then loaded into the ARB memory. “NVWFM” MSUS will be mapped to the default directory D: VARB.
  • Page 781 9  ACP Measurement Source same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory. To rename a segment, you can either use Windows File Explorer, or the :MEMory:COPY command. NOTE: When a waveform file is loaded to ARB memory, burst timing adjustments are made automatically, based on whether or not a Multiport Adapter is connected to the test set and powered on.
  • Page 782 9  ACP Measurement Source :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEF:DIR? State Saved Persistent, survives a power cycle and a preset but not saved in the instrument state Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments in ARB Memory Allows you access to the sub-menus for managing the files within ARB memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 783 9  ACP Measurement Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete:ALL Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DELete:ALL Notes When in Sequence Analyzer mode and Include Source is Yes, an attempt to delete all files from ARB memory is rejected with an error. When Include Source is No and you attempt to delete all files from ARB memory when the ARB is currently playing a file, all files except the one playing are deleted and an error is generated. ...
  • Page 784 Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RSC 100.00 Notes This setting cannot be set in E6640A/M9420A. Grey out on menu and the value is fixed at 70.00%. Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The run-time scaling is one of the values stored within the header file.
  • Page 785 Current RMS Allows you to directly specify current RMS value used to playback currently selected waveform. Please note incorrect RMS value may cause inaccurate power output in E6640A/M9420A that is sensitive to RMS value. This setting is also updated by RMS in waveform header or updated when invoking RMS calculation operation.
  • Page 786 9  ACP Measurement Source Preset AUTO Range AUTO | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Auto RMS will be calculated based on the whole sample range of current selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE AUTO Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 787 9  ACP Measurement Source Marker 4 Selects marker 4 to designate sample range used for RMS calculation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, ARB Setup, Edit RMS, Calculate RMS, RMS Calculation Mode , Marker Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RMS:CALC:MODE M4 Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Calculate RMS Allows you to calculate current RMS based on mode selected.
  • Page 788 9  ACP Measurement Source Trigger Type Allows access to the trigger type sub-menus. The setting for trigger type determines the behavior of the waveform when it plays. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE CONTinuous | SINGle | SADVance :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE CONT...
  • Page 789 9  ACP Measurement Source Trigger + Run Sets Trigger and Run as the trigger response for the continuous trigger type. Trigger and Run sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment continuously when the first trigger is received, and to ignore any subsequent triggers.
  • Page 790 9  ACP Measurement Source received during playback are ignored. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Type, Single Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:RETR OFF Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Buffered Trigger Selects Buffered Trigger as the trigger response for single trigger type. Buffered Trigger sets the waveform generator to play a waveform sequence or segment once when a trigger is received.
  • Page 791 9  ACP Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger:TYPE:SADVance[:TYPE]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:TYPE:SADV SING Preset CONTinuous Range Single | Continuous Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Single Selects Single as the trigger response for Segment Advance trigger type. With single selected, once a trigger is received a segment is played once. If a trigger is received during playback of a segment, the segment plays to completion and the next segment is played once.
  • Page 792 9  ACP Measurement Source :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIGger KEY Dependencies This key is grayed out if the current trigger type is Continuous, Free Run. Preset EXTernal2 Range Trigger Key | Bus | External 2 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Trigger Key Sets the current trigger source to the front panel Trigger key. When Trigger Key is selected, the waveform is triggered when you press the front panel Trigger key.
  • Page 793 9  ACP Measurement Source active only if you select external trigger as trigger source. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Trigger Source Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay <time> :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay? SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 :SOURce:RADio:ARB:TRIGger[:SOURce]:EXTernal:DELay:STATe? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL 100ns :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL? :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT ON :SOUR:RAD:ARB:TRIG:EXT:DEL:STAT? Notes...
  • Page 794 9  ACP Measurement Source Build New Sequence Allows access to the sub-menus for creating a new waveform sequence. Pressing this key changes the central view area to display the Waveform Sequence Creation and Editing view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only.
  • Page 795 9  ACP Measurement Source Segments on Hard Disk Allows you access to the sub-menus for loading waveform segments from the hard disk into ARB memory. The default directory is: D: varb. Pressing this key changes the current view to the Waveform Management View. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 796 9  ACP Measurement Source If the ARB is ON when you load afile to ARB memory or delete a file from ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation. The waveform will be replayed after the ARB operation is finished. ARB can be loaded into ARB memory even required licenses do not present on the instrument.
  • Page 797 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Default Directory... Allows you to change the default directory. It is used as a search location for waveform segments that are required to be loaded into ARB memory for playback of a waveform sequence, and as a search location for selecting waveforms using SCPI.
  • Page 798 9  ACP Measurement Source sequencer, an error is generated. When sequencer state is On, even if ARB state is On, the selected waveform will not be played. In this case, if the selected waveform is not used in List Sequence, it can be deleted and the ARB state is turned Off.
  • Page 799 9  ACP Measurement Source Notes No remote command, SCPIfront panel only. Preset 65535 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 1 Allows you to enable or disable marker 1 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 800 9  ACP Measurement Source Notes No remote command, front panel only. Preset Enabled Range Enabled|Disabled Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Allows you to enable or disable marker 4 for the currently selected waveform. For a waveform sequence, you can enable and disable markers on a per-segment basis, allowing you to output markers from some waveform segments within the sequence, but not for others.
  • Page 801 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Sequences Notes No remote command, front panel only. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Current Directory... Allows you to change the currently selected directory on the hard disk. Pressing this key opens a standard windows change directory dialog and allows you to select the new directory of interest.
  • Page 802 9  ACP Measurement Source Add Waveform Allows you to add the currently selected waveform segment to a multi-pack license. The new waveform is added to the next available slot regardless of which slot was selected on the Multi-Pack License Management view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Utilities, Multi-Pack Licenses, Add Waveform Remote Command...
  • Page 803 9  ACP Measurement Source default directory D: VARB. The SCPI command supports using either “NVWFM” MSUS or specifying a full path. For more information, see Memory Subsystem (Remote Command Only). If a file of the same name already exists within ARB memory, it is overwritten. If you wish to load two segments of the same name, you must rename one of the segments before loading it into ARB memory.
  • Page 804 9  ACP Measurement Source connection/power status of the Multiport Adapter is changed after a waveform file has been loaded, it needs to be loaded again. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD:ALL <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD:ALL “D: varb”...
  • Page 805 9  ACP Measurement Source Replace Waveform Pressing this key accesses the Replace Waveform submenu. It also changes the central display area to display the Multi-Pack License Waveform Add view. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Waveform Utilities, Multi-Pack Licenses Dependencies This key is only available if the currently selected slot is in the trial state.
  • Page 806 9  ACP Measurement Source error is generated. Dependencies This key is only available if the currently selected slot is in the trial state. Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Lock Waveform in Slot If the selected slot is in the trial state or the lock required state, the waveform that occupies the slot is locked and permanently licensed.
  • Page 807 9  ACP Measurement Source Mkr 1 Polarity Allows you to set the polarity of marker 1. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Polarity Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1 POSitive|NEGative :SOURce:RADio:ARB:MPOLarity:MARKer1? Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MPOL:MARK1 NEG Dependencies When a new waveform is selected for playback the settings contained within the associated waveform header file are applied to the ARB.
  • Page 808 9  ACP Measurement Source waveform header file are applied to the ARB. The marker polarity is one of the values stored within the header file. If the newly selected waveform file has an associated header file, the marker polarity is updated with the value from the header file. The marker polarity will remain unchanged if the newly selected waveform does not have an associated header file.
  • Page 809 9  ACP Measurement Source Marker points should be set before using this function. Enabling this function without setting maker points may create a continuous low or high signal, dependant on the marker polarity. This causes either no RF output, or a continuous RF output. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing Remote Command...
  • Page 810 9  ACP Measurement Source Marker 3 Sets marker 3 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M3 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 4 Sets marker 4 to be used for the pulse/RF blanking function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, Pulse/RF Blank Example...
  • Page 811 9  ACP Measurement Source Marker 1 Sets marker 1 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:MDES:PULS M1 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Marker 2 Sets marker 2 to be used for the ALC hold function. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Marker Utilities, Marker Routing, ALC Hold Example...
  • Page 812 9  ACP Measurement Source Clear Header Allows you to clear the header information from the file header associated with the currently selected waveform. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Header Utilities Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:HEADer:CLEar Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:HEAD:CLE Notes Attempting to clear the header details via SCPI when no waveform was selected for playback will generate an error. ...
  • Page 813 9  ACP Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 AM Depth Allows you to set the amplitude modulation depth in percent. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, AM Remote Command :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear] :SOURce:AM[:DEPTh][:LINear]? Example :SOUR:AM 0.1 Preset 0.1 % 0.1 % 95.0 % Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 814 9  ACP Measurement Source Enables or disables the frequency modulation. Turning FM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, FM Remote Command :SOURce:FM:STATe :SOURce:FM:STATe?
  • Page 815 9  ACP Measurement Source Allows access to the menu for configuring the phase modulation. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Enables or disables the phase modulation. Turning PM on when another modulation format is already on results in the previous modulation format being turned off and the generation of an error.
  • Page 816 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:PM:INT:FREQ 40.0 Hz Preset 400.0 Hz 10 Hz 40 kHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 List Sequencer Allows you access to the sub-menus for configuring the list sequencer. List sequences allows you to enter frequencies and amplitudes at unequal intervals in nonlinear ascending, descending or random order.
  • Page 817 9  ACP Measurement Source Preset Range On | Off Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Initiate Sequence Pressing this key arms the sequence for single execution. Once the sequence is armed the source begins the sequence as soon as the trigger is received. If the trigger is set to Free Run, the sequence starts immediately.
  • Page 818 9  ACP Measurement Source within the steps set to their default values. Decreasing the number of steps removes steps from the end of the list. The settings within the removed steps are not reset. This means that increasing the number of steps again would allow you to retrieve these steps.
  • Page 819 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Notes No remote command, Front Panel key only. If the list already contains the minimum limit of 1 step, no operation will be made after pressing this Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Clear List Allows you to clear the list.
  • Page 820 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Trigger Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:INP:TRIG INT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Manual (Trigger Key) Sets the trigger input for the current step to Manual (Trigger Key). Any step in the sequence set to Manual will cause the sequence execution to stop until the manual trigger key is pressed.
  • Page 821 9  ACP Measurement Source Transition Time Allows you to specify the transition time for the current step. The transition time is the amount of time allowed for the source to settle at the current frequency or amplitude value. Transition Time should not be taken as additional time before or inside the Step Duration. You can set a value for the settling time to allow the source output frequency or amplitude to become stable.
  • Page 822 9  ACP Measurement Source Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Radio Standard Allows access to the sub-menus for selecting the radio standard and the associated radio band for use in the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:RADio:BAND NONE | PGSM | EGSM | RGSM | DCS1800 | PCS1900 | TGSM810 | GSM450 | GSM480 | GSM700 | GSM850...
  • Page 823 9  ACP Measurement Source P-GSM Selects P-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 E-GSM Selects E-GSM as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 824 9  ACP Measurement Source GSM 480 Selects GSM 480 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 GSM 850 Selects GSM 850 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, GSM/EDGE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 825 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band II Selects Band II as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band III...
  • Page 826 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band VIII Selects Band VIII as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band IX...
  • Page 827 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Band XIV Selects Band XIV as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, WCDMA Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Pressing this key once selects LTE FDD as the radio standard and the current LTE FDD band as the active...
  • Page 828 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 4 Selects BAND 4 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 5 Selects BAND 5 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 829 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 10 Selects BAND 10 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 11 Selects BAND 11 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 830 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 18 Selects BAND 18 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.09.50 BAND 19 Selects BAND 19 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 831 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 26 Selects BAND 26 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision A.12.53 BAND 27 Selects BAND 27 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 832 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 34 Selects BAND 34 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND34 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 35 Selects BAND 35 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 833 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 39 Selects BAND 39 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BAND39 Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND 40 Selects BAND 40 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Example...
  • Page 834 9  ACP Measurement Source BAND 44 Selects BAND 44 as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, LTE TDD Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 TDSCDMA Sets TDSCDMA as the radio standard for use and accesses the TDSCDMA specific channel band sub- menus..
  • Page 835 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDD Initial S/W Revision A.11.50 BAND E Selects BAND E as the band for the current step. Key Path Source, Frequency, Radio Setup, Radio Standard, TDSCDMA Example :SOUR:FREQ:CHAN:BAND BANDE Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 836 9  ACP Measurement Source Channel Allows you to specify the frequency of the current step via a channel number. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency <double> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:CNFRequency? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR 124 :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:CNFR? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40. This SCPI is used to setup channel number or frequency setting, according to current Radio Band setting.
  • Page 837 9  ACP Measurement Source Option 503 = 3.6 GHz Option 504 = 3.9 GHz Option 506 = 6.00 GHz Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Power Allows you to specify a power value for the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:AMPLitude <double>...
  • Page 838 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup Remote Command :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform <string> :SOURce:LIST:STEP[1]|2|3…1000:SETup:WAVeform? Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “CW” :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Remote Command Notes String type, takes “Off” | “CW” | “Cont” | “waveform name” Preset Range Waveform | Continue Previous | CW | Off...
  • Page 839 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Cont” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Disable RF outpu of the current step. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Waveform Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:WAV “Off” Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Segments on Hard Disk...
  • Page 840 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments on Hard Disk Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:LOAD <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “D: VARB\testwaveform.bin” :SOUR:RAD:ARB:LOAD “NVWFM:testwaveform.bin” Notes Because loading the file involves a delay of unpredictable length, this command should be followed by the query *OPC?, which holds off subsequent commands until the loading operating is complete.
  • Page 841 9  ACP Measurement Source When Include Source is No and there is insufficient free ARB memory to load all the waveforms, when the ARB memory is full, the copy ceases, and an error is generated. If you specify a directory over SCPI, but the directory does not exist, an error is generated.  If the ARB is ON, a user then loads or deletes file to ARB memory, the playing waveform segment may not keep phase continuity during the ARB memory operation.
  • Page 842 9  ACP Measurement Source Delete Segment From ARB Mem Allows you to remove a segment from ARB playback memory. Key Path Source, Modulation Setup, ARB, Select Waveform, Segments in ARB Memory Remote Command :SOURce:RADio:ARB:DELete <string> Example :SOUR:RAD:ARB:DEL “testwaveform.bin” Notes <string> - specifies the waveform to be deleted from the ARB playback memory. When in Sequence Analyzer mode and Include Source is Yes, an attempt to delete a file from ARB memory is rejected with an error.
  • Page 843 9  ACP Measurement Source Step Duration Allows access to the sub-menus for setting up the duration of play for the current step. The duration can be set to be either the number of times for the ARB file associated with the sequence to play, or a specific time value, or continuous.
  • Page 844 9  ACP Measurement Source Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO 1s :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TCO? Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 This SCPI is reused by “Play Count” ,“Duration Time” and “Continuous Abort” according to current Duration Type setting is “Play Count” or “Duraton Time” or “Continuous Abort”. If current “Duration Type”...
  • Page 845 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, List Sequencer Setup, Step Duration Example :SOUR:LIST:STEP2:SET:DUR:TYPE CONT Notes SCPI is supported after A.09.40 Initial S/W Revision A.05.00 Output Trigger Allows you to specify the trigger output for the current step. The trigger output signal is sent at the start of the step.
  • Page 846 9  ACP Measurement Source Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE SINGle Initial S/W Revision A.14.50 Continuous Sets the repetition type as continuous for the whole source sequence. Source list will play continuously after initiation. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Repetition Example :SOUR:LIST:REP:TYPE CONTinuous Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 847 9  ACP Measurement Source DataMarker Sets the output trigger type as DataMarker for the whole source sequence. When DataMarker is selected, which marker to route is also needed to be set. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYP DAT Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00 Initial S/W Revision...
  • Page 848 9  ACP Measurement Source Marker 4 Sets the output trigger maker routing to Marker 4 for DataMarker  in  the whole source sequence. Key Path Source, List Sequencer, Trigger Type, DataMarker Example :SOUR:LIST:TRIG:TYPE:MARK M4 Notes SCPI is supported after A.14.00 Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Manual Trigger Now Pressing this key provides a software trigger event to the list sequencer.
  • Page 849 9  ACP Measurement SPAN X Scale SPAN X Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you set the horizontal scale parameters. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Span Changes the frequency range symmetrically about the center frequency. The default (and minimum) span is calculated using the number of carriers and the carrier width where;...
  • Page 850 9  ACP Measurement SPAN X Scale State Saved Saved in instrument state. 10 Hz Hardware Dependent: Option F03 = 3.0 GHz Option F07 = 7.5 GHz Option F13 = 13.6 GHz Option F26 = 26.5 GHz Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Full Span...
  • Page 851 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Sweep/Control Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set up and control the sweep time,  and source. See Key and Command Descriptions – Sweep/Control for more information. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Sweep Time Selects the length of time in which the spectrum analyzer sweeps the displayed frequency span.
  • Page 852 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control IBW: 29 ms IBWR: 108 ms FAST (WCDMA): 7.5 ms Preset SA, LTE, LTETDD, MSR: Automatically calculated WCDMA: 29 ms WIMAX OFDMA: Automatically calculated C2K: Automatically calculated TD-SCDMA: Automatically calculated 1xEVDO: Automatically calculated DVB-T/H: Automatically calculated DTMB (CTTB): Automatically calculated ISDB-T: Automatically calculated CMMB: Automatically calculated...
  • Page 853 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Auto Sweep Time Rules Switches the analyzer between normal and accuracy sweep states. Key Path Sweep/Control, Sweep Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:SWEep:TIME:AUTO:RULes NORMal|ACCuracy [:SENSe]:ACPower:SWEep:TIME:AUTO:RULes?
  • Page 854 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Readback The state and method of Gate, as [Off, FFT] or [On, FFT].   Note that for measurements that only support gated FFT, the method is nonetheless read back, but always as FFT. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate On/Off Turns the gate function on and off.
  • Page 855 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate View On/Off Turning on Gate View in the Swept SA measurement provides a single-window gate view display.. Turning on Gate View in other measurements shows the split-screen Gate View. In these measurements, when the Gate View is on, the regular view of the current measurement traces and results are reduced vertically to about 70% of the regular height.
  • Page 856 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control A sample of the Gate View screen in other measurements is shown in the following graphic . This example is for the ACP measurement: W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 857 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Turning Gate View off returns the analyzer to the Normal measurement view. In the Swept SA, the normal measurement view is the single-window Swept SA view. When returning to this view, the Swept SA measurement returns to the Span it was in before entering Gate View (even if that is Zero Span).
  • Page 858 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control GateLength. Preset 519.3 µs WiMAX OFDMA: 5 ms GSM/EDGE: 1 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 100 ns 6000 s Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate View Start Time Controls the time at the left edge of the Gate View. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate, Gate View Setup Remote Command...
  • Page 859 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control WLAN: 500 us WLAN: 36 us State Saved Saved in instrument state 0.0 us 100 s Backwards [:SENSe]:SWEep:TIME:GATE:DELay  ESA compatibility Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Gate Length Controls the length of time that the gate is on after it opens. Key Path Sweep/Control, Gate Remote Command...
  • Page 860 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Any changes to the settings in the setup menus under each Gate Source selection key (for example: Trigger Level, Trigger Delay, etc.) also affect the corresponding settings under the Trigger menu keys. The SCPI commands used for these are the same for Trigger and Gate, since there is only one setting which affects both Gate and Trigger.
  • Page 861 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards Compatibility In the past, the Average detector was not available when Video triggering was on, and consequently, Notes functions that set the detector to average (such as Marker Noise or Band/Intvl Power) were not available when the video trigger was on. Similarly, Video triggering was not available when the detector was Average. ...
  • Page 862 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, Video Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SLOPe? Example TRIG:VID:SLOP NEG Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 863 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state Status Bits/OPC dependencies The Status Operation Register bit 5 "Waiting for Trigger" is set at the same time as the Sweeping or Measuring bit is set. It is cleared when the trigger actually occurs (that is, after the trigger event occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met).
  • Page 864 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:EXT1:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext1 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 865 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger Example TRIG:SOUR EXT2                 Swept SA measurement TRIG:<meas>:SOUR EXT2   Measurements other than Swept  SA Dependencies In some models, there is no second External input.  In these models, the External 2 key is blanked and the EXTernal2 parameter will generate a “Hardware missing;...
  • Page 866 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge. Key Path Trigger, External 2 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe? Example TRIG:EXT2:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the Ext2 selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu).
  • Page 867 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control RF Burst Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects the RF Burst as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when an RF burst envelope signal is identified from the signal at the RF Input connector. Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the RF Burst trigger setup menu.
  • Page 868 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control the displayed signal level.  This is only true for Amplitude Corrections, not External Gain or Ref Level Offset functions. If mode is Bluetooth, the default value is –50 dBm. Couplings This same level is used for the RF Burst trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the RF Burst selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the RF Burst selection in the Gate Source menu Preset...
  • Page 869 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control 2. Now, in the next cycle of the measurement, the measurement determines a new absolute RF Burst level based on the peak value from the first measurement and the Relative RF Burst Trigger Level (always 0 or negative dB) set by the user. ...
  • Page 870 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Example TRIG:RFB:SLOP NEG Couplings This same slope is used in the RF Burst selection for the trigger source in the Trigger menu and for the period timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu). Preset POSitive State Saved...
  • Page 871 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control available that is synchronized with the period, and that the signal-to-noise ratio of the signal is not high enough to provide a clean RF burst trigger at all of the analysis frequencies. For example, we might want to measure spurious transmissions at an offset from the carrier that is larger than the bandwidth of the RF burst trigger.
  • Page 872 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:PERiod? Example TRIG:FRAM:PER 100 ms Dependencies The invalid data indicator turns on when the period is changed, until the next sweep/measurement completes. Couplings The same period is used in the Gate Source selection of the period timer. Preset 20 ms GSM: 4.615383...
  • Page 873 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control An increase in the "offset" parameter, either from the knob or the SCPI adjust command, serves to delay the timing of the trigger event. Notes When the SCPI command is sent the value shown on the key (and the Active Function, if this happens to be the active function) is updated with the new value.
  • Page 874 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control State Saved Saved in instrument state –10.000 s 10.000 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Reset Offset Display Resets the value of the periodic trigger offset display setting to 0.0 seconds. The current displayed trigger location may include an offset value defined with the Offset key.
  • Page 875 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC EXTernal Compatibility SCPI For backward compatibility, the parameter EXTernal is mapped to EXTernal1 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00, A.14.00 Turns off the sync source for your periodic trigger. With the sync source off, the timing will drift unless the signal source frequency is locked to the analyzer frequency reference.
  • Page 876 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, External 1 Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel <level> :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel? Example TRIG:EXT1:LEV 0.4 V Couplings This same level is used for the Ext1 trigger source in the Trigger menu, for the Ext1 selection in the Periodic Timer sync source (in the Trigger menu and in the Gate Source menu), and also for the Ext1 selection in the Gate Source menu.
  • Page 877 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control External 2 Pressing this key, when it is not selected, selects an external input signal as the trigger. A new sweep/measurement will start when the external trigger condition is met using the external 2 input connector. The external trigger 2 input connector is on the rear panel. Pressing this key, when it is already selected, accesses the external 2 trigger setup menu.
  • Page 878 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control 3.5V Default Unit Backwards :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:EXTernal2:LEVel Compatibility SCPI Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Slope Controls the trigger polarity. It is set positive to trigger on a rising edge and negative to trigger on a falling edge.
  • Page 879 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control occurs and all the applicable trigger criteria have been met). A corresponding pop-up message ("Waiting for trigger") is generated if no trigger signal appears after approximately 2 sec. This message goes away when a trigger signal appears. Backwards Compatibility The legacy command: Notes...
  • Page 880 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Trigger, RF Burst Remote Command :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE ABSolute|RELative :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:RFBurst:LEVel:TYPE? Example TRIG:RFB:LEV:TYPE REL sets the trigger level type of the RF burst trigger to Relative.  Preset ABSolute State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.04.00...
  • Page 881 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe OFF|ON|0|1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence]:FRAMe:SYNC:HOLDoff:STATe? Preset On, 1.000 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 ms +500 ms Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Auto/Holdoff Opens up a menu that lets you adjust Auto Trigger and Trigger Holdoff parameters Key Path Trigger Readback line...
  • Page 882 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Preset Off, 100 ms State Saved Saved in instrument state 1 ms 100 s Default Unit Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Trig Holdoff Sets the holdoff time between triggers. When the trigger condition is satisfied, the trigger occurs, the delay begins, and the holdoff time begins.
  • Page 883 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Gate Level (Remote Command Only) Sets the gate input transition point level for the external TRIGGER inputs on the front and rear panel. This is a legacy command for PSA compatibility. It is simply an alias to the equivalent trigger level command. Remote Command [:SENSe]:SWEep:EGATe:EXTernal[1]|2:LEVel <voltage>...
  • Page 884 9  ACP Measurement Sweep/Control Key Path Sweep/Control Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:ACPower:SWEep:POINts <integer> [:SENSe]:ACPower:SWEep:POINts? Example ACP:SWE:POIN 500 ACP:SWE:POIN? Notes Whenever the number of sweep points changes: •...
  • Page 885 9  ACP Measurement System System "System" on page 219 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 886 9  ACP Measurement Trace/Detector Trace/Detector Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the detectors for the current measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Select Trace (Front-panel Only) This key selects which trace the other parameters under the Trace/Detector menu will apply to. Key Path Trace/Detector Notes...
  • Page 887 9  ACP Measurement Trace/Detector When Meas Method is RBW or FAST, Trace Type is disabled. Preset AVERage State Saved Saved in instrument state. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00,  A.03.00 View/Blank Enables you to select how to view the displayed trace. Key Path Trace/Detector Mode...
  • Page 888 9  ACP Measurement Trace/Detector State Saved Saved in instrument state. Range Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Key Path Trace/Detector Mode WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DVB-T/H, DTMB (CTTB), ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, MSR, LTEAFDD,LTEATDD Remote Command :TRACe[1]|2|3:ACPower:DISPlay[:STATe] ON|OFF|0|1 :TRACe[1]|2|3:ACPower:DISPlay[:STATe]?
  • Page 889 9  ACP Measurement Trace/Detector determines the relationship between the spectrum computed by the FFT and the single data point displayed for the sweep points. Key Path Trace/Detector Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Auto Sets the detector for the currently selected trace to auto. Key Path Trace/Detector Mode...
  • Page 890 9  ACP Measurement Trace/Detector other analyzer settings. The detector choices are: • The Normal detector determines the peak of CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals. This is also referred to as Rosenfell detection. • The Average detector determines the average of the signal within the data range. The averaging method is Power (RMS).
  • Page 891 9  ACP Measurement Trigger Trigger "Trigger" on page 278 Free Run "Free Run " on page 285 Video "Video (IF Envelope) " on page 1482 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1482 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1483 Trig Delay "Trig Delay "...
  • Page 892 9  ACP Measurement Trigger Trig Delay "Trig Delay " on page 294 Zero Span Delay Comp "Zero Span Delay Comp On/Off" on page 1488 RF Burst "RF Burst " on page 1500 Absolute Trigger "Absolute Trigger Level" on page 1500 Relative Trigger "Relative Trigger Level"...
  • Page 893 9  ACP Measurement Trigger Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1497 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1497 External 2 "External 2 " on page 1498 Trigger Level "Trigger Level " on page 1499 Trig Slope "Trig Slope " on page 1499 RF Burst "RF Burst "...
  • Page 894 9  ACP Measurement User Preset User Preset Accesses a menu that gives you the following three choices: • User Preset – recalls a state previously saved using the Save User Preset function. • User Preset All Modes – presets all of the modes in the analyzer •...
  • Page 895 9  ACP Measurement User Preset • Clears the input and output buffers. • Sets the Status Byte to 0. Key Path User Preset Remote Command :SYSTem:PRESet:USER Example :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE:SYST:PRES:USER Notes :SYST:PRES:USER:SAVE is used to save the current state as the user preset state. Clears all pending OPC bits.
  • Page 896 9  ACP Measurement User Preset Recalling a User Preset file has the same issues that recalling a Save State file has. Some settings may need to be limited and therefore re-coupled, since the capabilities of the mode may have changes when the User Preset file was last saved. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Save User Preset...
  • Page 897 9  ACP Measurement View/Display View/Display Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to control the instrument display as well as turn the bar graph On and Off. If current mode is NOT MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, the front panel views only contain one view: Spectrum View.
  • Page 898 9  ACP Measurement View/Display DTMB and CMMB Exciter: W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 899 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Spectrum Window When the Bar Graph is On and Limit Test is On, the color of each bar graph reflects the limit test result. When the limit test fails, the bar color is red, and when limit test passes, the bar color is blue. When RBW is selected as the measurement method, the spectrum trace is not displayed, only the bar graph is displayed.
  • Page 900 9  ACP Measurement View/Display This is the power in the reference carrier. The power is calculated by integrating across the bandwidth declared by the Carrier Integ Bw parameter for that carrier. The integration bandwidth is shown as part of the result. This is the value of the Carrier Integ Bw for that carrier unless the RRC Filter is on, then the integration bandwidth used is the displayed value, which is (1 + alpha)/T where T = 1/(Carrier Integ Bw).
  • Page 901 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Outside Relative Power = Outside Absolute Power – Carrier Power; Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Display The Display menu is common to most measurements, and is used for configuring items on the display.   Some Display menu settings apply to all the measurements in a mode, and some only to the current measurement. ...
  • Page 902 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Key Path View/Display, Display Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Meas Bar On/Off This function turns the Measurement Bar on and off, including the settings panel. When off, the graticule area expands to fill the area formerly occupied by the Measurement Bar. Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command...
  • Page 903 9  ACP Measurement View/Display State Saved Saved in instrument state. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Screen This controls the display of the annunciation and annotation around the graticule, including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) and the y-axis annotation. This does NOT include marker annotation (or the N dB result).
  • Page 904 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Key Path View/Display, Display, Annotation Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON|OFF|1|0 :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? Example DISP:ACT OFF Dependencies Grayed out and forced to OFF when System Display Settings, Annotation is set to Off. Preset This should remain Off through a Preset when System DisplaySettings, Annotation is set to Off State Saved Saved in instrument state.
  • Page 905 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Press Change Title to enter a new title through the alpha editor. Press Enter or Return to complete the entry. Press ESC to cancel the entry and preserve your existing title. The display title will replace the measurement name. It remains for this measurement until you press Change Title again, or you recall a state, or a Preset is performed.
  • Page 906 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Preset Performed on Preset. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Graticule Pressing Graticule turns the display graticule On or Off. It also turns the graticule y-axis annotation on and off. Key Path View/Display, Display Remote Command :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1 :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? Example...
  • Page 907 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Preset On (Set by Restore Misc Defaults) State Saved Not saved in instrument state. Backwards Compatibility The WINDow parameter and optional subopcode is included for backwards compatibility but ignored Notes – all windows are equally affected. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Themes...
  • Page 908 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example MMEM:STOR:SCR:THEM TDM Readback 3D Mono Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Flat Color Selects a format that is best when the screen is to be printed on an ink printer. Key Path Save, Screen Image, Themes Example...
  • Page 909 9  ACP Measurement View/Display Range On|Off Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 910 9  ACP Measurement View/Display W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 911 Keysight M9420A VXT Vector Transceiver W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference 10 Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement The spectrum emission mask measures spurious signal levels in up to six pairs of offset frequencies and relates them to the carrier power. For measurement results and views, see "View/Display"...
  • Page 912 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Measurement Commands for Spectrum Emission Mask Offsets that are turned off (inactive) return –999.0 when their results are queried via SCPI. :CONFigure:SEMask :CONFigure:SEMask:NDEFault :INITiate:SEMask :FETCh:SEMask[n]? :MEASure:SEMask[n]? :READ:SEMask[n]? For more measurement related commands, see the SENSe subsystem, and the section Remote Measurement Functions@29978.
  • Page 913 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Remote Command Results for Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement The following table describes the results returned by the FETCh, MEASure, and READ queries listed above, according to the index value n: Modes Return Value All except MSR, WLAN, LTEAFDD, Meas Type: Total Power Reference LTEATDD...
  • Page 914 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset D (dB) 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80.
  • Page 915 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 75. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset C (dB) 76. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset C (dB) 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78.
  • Page 916 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 73. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset B (dB) 74. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset B (dB) 75. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset C (dB) 76.
  • Page 917 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 18. Relative peak power on the positive offset A (dBc) 19. Absolute peak power on the positive offset A (dBm) 20. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 21.
  • Page 918 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 8. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 9. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 10. Reserved for the future use, returns –999.0 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset A (dBc) 12.
  • Page 919 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 3. Peak power at the right reference carrier if Power Ref type is “Left & Right Carriers.” Peak power at the reference carrier of the right sub-block if Power Ref type is “Max Power Carrier in Sub-block.”...
  • Page 920 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 81. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset F (dB) 82. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset F (dB) WLAN, Meas Type: Total Power Reference with radio standard Returns 82 comma-separated scalar results, in the following order: 802.11 ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz)
  • Page 921 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset E (dB) 81. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset F (dB) 82.
  • Page 922 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 77. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset D (dB) 78. Minimum margin from limit line on the positive offset D (dB) 79. Minimum margin from limit line on the negative offset E (dB) 80.
  • Page 923 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 3. Absolute integrated power at negative offset frequency (A) 4. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (A) 25. Absolute integrated power at negative offset frequency (L) 26. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned.
  • Page 924 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 26. Absolute integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. All (see details) Meas Type: Spectrum Peak Reference Returns comma-separated scalar values (in dBm) of the absolute peak power of the segment frequencies.
  • Page 925 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 4. Relative integrated power at positive offset frequency (A) 25. Relative integrated power at negative offset frequency (L) 26. Relative integrated power at positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases.
  • Page 926 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value Returns comma-separated pass/fail test results (0=passed, or 1=failed) determined by testing the minimum margin point from the limit line that is determined each offset's Limits setting. The length of the result depends on the number of available offset (See "Number of Offsets"...
  • Page 927 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 4. Positive offset frequency (A) 25. Negative offset frequency (L) 26. Positive offset frequency (L) If the result is not available, –999.0 is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. Offset Abs Peak Power.
  • Page 928 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order. MSR, LTEAFDD, Meas Type: Total Power Reference LTEATDD only Returns outer offset results when Non-Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order.
  • Page 929 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value type is “Max Power Carrier in Sub-block.” Otherwise NaN (9.91E+37) is returned. (Hz) If the result is not available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned. The number of values returned is subject to change in future releases. MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD only Meas Type: Power Spectrum Peak Reference...
  • Page 930 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value 10. Peak power offset frequency from the center or carrier edge frequency in the positive offset A, depending on Offset Frequency Define settings (Hz) 11. Relative integrated power on the negative offset B (dBc) 119.
  • Page 931 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value When in the MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, returns outer offset results when Non- Contiguous Meas Region is set to Outer, and returns inner offset results when it is set to Inner, in the following order.
  • Page 932 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Modes Return Value LTEATDD only Returns number of carriers comma-separated scalar results, in the following order: 1. Absolute power of carrier 1 (dBm) 2. Absolute power of carrier 2 (dBm) number of carriers–1. Absolute power of carrier (number of carriers)–1 (dBm) number of carriers.
  • Page 933 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Number of Offsets The number of available offsets varies depending on the mode and option as below. The number of available offsets Mode MSR, LTEAFDD, 12 (Offset A to L) LTEATDD WLAN 12 (Offset A to L) Other modes with option 12 (Offset A to L) N9060A–7FP...
  • Page 934 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale AMPTD Y Scale Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to set the vertical scale parameters. The parameter values are measurement independent except all Attenuation values and Internal Preamp selections that are measurement global.
  • Page 935 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to-average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a fair amount to avoid clipping.
  • Page 936 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes This parameter is shared with old XA platform which uses AutoAtten. To keep the backward compatibility, ELECtrical and COMBined still can be used. Then, upon receiving ELECtrical and COMBined, these enums will be interpreted as aliases of ON. Then, when queried, ON will be returned.
  • Page 937 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:MIXer:OFFSet? Example POW:RANG:MIX:OFFS –5 dB Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state –35 dB 30 dB Initial S/W Revision A.13.00 Scale/Div Sets the units-per-division of the vertical scale in the logarithmic display. When Auto Scaling is On, the scale per division value is automatically determined by the measurement result.
  • Page 938 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement AMPTD Y Scale Remote Command :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom :DISPlay:SEMask:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? Example DISP:SEM:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS BOTT DISP:SEM:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS? Notes You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
  • Page 939 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Auto Couple Auto Couple The Auto Couple feature provides a quick and convenient way to automatically couple multiple instrument settings. This helps ensure accurate measurements and optimum dynamic range. When the Auto Couple feature is activated, either from the front panel or remotely, all parameters of the current measurement that have an Auto/Manual mode are set to Auto mode and all measurement settings dependent on (or coupled to) the Auto/Man parameters are automatically adjusted for optimal performance.
  • Page 940 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Auto Couple W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 941 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Accesses a menu of functions that enable you to select the type of filter for the measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.03.00 Filter Type Selects the type of bandwidth filter that is used in Carrier and Offsets. When Gaussian or Flattop is selected, selected filter is applied to carriers and all offsets.
  • Page 942 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) Sets the analyzer for Continuous measurement operation. The single/continuous state is Meas Global so the setting will affect all measurements. If you are Paused, pressing Cont does a Resume. Key Path Front-panel key Remote Command...
  • Page 943 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Cont (Continuous Measurement/Sweep) the INIT:CONT 0 command will place the analyzer in Single Sweep but will have no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state.
  • Page 944 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement File File "File" on page 214 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 945 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ Channel Accesses a menu of  keys that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements – they do not change as you change measurements.  ...
  • Page 946 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel FREQ:CENT UP changes the center frequency to 150 MHz if you use FREQ:CENT:STEP 100 MHz to set the center frequency step size to 100 MHz FREQ:CENT? Notes This command sets either the RF or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input. For RF input it is equivalent to FREQ:RF:CENT For I/Q input it is equivalent to FREQ:IQ:CENT Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options (5xx)
  • Page 947 FREQ Channel 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz 3.7 GHz (all but N9000A) 1.505 GHz 3.0 GHz 3.08 (N9000A) 1 GHz 3.8GHz 3.88 (M9420A) 1 GHz 6.0GHz 6.08 (M9420A) 3.505 GHz 7.0 GHz 7.1 GHz (all but N9000A) 3.755 GHz 7.5 GHz 7.58 (N9000A) 1.805 GHz...
  • Page 948 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel Tracking Generator Frequency Limits (N9000A only): Tracking Min Freq (clips to If above this Freq, Max Freq Generator this freq when Stop Freq clipped (can't tune Option turn TG on and to this Freq when above) while TG can’t tune below TG turned on...
  • Page 949 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “–221, Settings conflict” warning. If Source Mode is set to Tracking, and the Max or Min Center Freq is therefore limited by the limits of the source, a warning message is generated, “Data out of range;clipped to source max/min”...
  • Page 950 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel If the current measurement has a limited Span available to it, and cannot achieve the Span shown in the table (Span=Stop Freq – Start Freq), the analyzer uses the maximum Span the measurement allows, and still sets the Center Freq to the midpoint of the Start and Stop Freq values in the Harmonic Table.
  • Page 951 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel Note that the start and stop frequencies also step by the CF Step value.  Key Path FREQ Channel Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement] <freq> [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP[:INCRement]? [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF|ON|0|1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? Example FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz FREQ:CENT UP increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP? FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes...
  • Page 952 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement FREQ Channel W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 953 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Input/Output Input/Output "Input/Output" on page 150 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 954 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. If there are no active markers, Marker selects marker 1, sets it to Normal and places it at the center of the display.
  • Page 955 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Couple Markers When this function is true, moving any marker causes an equal X Axis movement of every other marker that is not Off. By “equal X Axis movement” we mean that we preserve the difference between each marker’s X Axis value (in the fundamental x-axis units of the trace that marker is on) and the X Axis value of the marker being moved (in the same fundamental x-axis units).
  • Page 956 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker :CALCulate:SEMask:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X? Example CALC:SEM:MARK3:X 1.0 GHz CALC:SEM:MARK3:X? Notes If no suffix is sent it will use the fundamental units for the current marker X Axis Scale. If a suffix is sent that does not match the current marker X Axis Scale unit, an error “Invalid suffix” will be generated.
  • Page 957 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker –9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Marker Y Axis Value (Remote Command Only) Returns the marker Y Axis value in the current marker Y Axis unit. Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...
  • Page 958 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker Function Marker Function There are no ‘Marker Functions’ supported in Spectrum Emission Mask so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA & HSPA Measurement Applications Reference...
  • Page 959 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Marker To Marker To There is no ‘Marker To’ functionality supported in Spectrum Emission Mask so this front-panel key displays a blank menu when pressed. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 W-CDMA &...
  • Page 960 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Meas The information in this section is common to all measurements. For key and remote command information for a specific measurement,  refer to the section that describes the measurement of interest. Measurements available under the Meas key are specific to the current Mode. When viewing Help for measurements, ...
  • Page 961 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Measurement Group of Commands Measure Commands: :MEASure:<measurement>[n]? This is a fast single-command way to make a measurement using the factory default instrument settings. These are the settings and units that conform to the Mode Setup settings (e.g. radio standard) that you have currently selected. •...
  • Page 962 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas the factory default instrument settings. It does not initiate the taking of measurement data unless INIT:CONTinuous is ON. If you change any measurement settings after using the CONFigure command, the READ command can be used to initiate a measurement without changing the settings back to their defaults.
  • Page 963 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas measurement and you send READ:ACP? it will initiate a new measurement using the same instrument settings. • Initiates the measurement and puts valid data into the output buffer. If a measurement other than the current one is specified, the instrument will switch to that measurement before it initiates the measurement and returns results.
  • Page 964 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Remote Command :CALCulate:DATA[n]? Notes The return trace depends on the measurement. In CALCulate:<meas>:DATA[n], n is any valid subopcode for the current measurement. It returns the same data as the FETCh:<measurement>? query where <measurement> is the current measurement.
  • Page 965 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas • CFIT or curve fit - applies curve fitting routines to the data. <soffset> and <length> are required to define the data that you want. <roffset> is an optional parameter for the desired order of the curve equation. The query will return the following values: the x-offset (in seconds) and the curve coefficients ((order + 1) values).
  • Page 966 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas • RMS - returns a single value that is the average power on a root-mean-squared voltage scale (arithmetic rms) of the data point values for the specified region(s) of trace data. See the following equation.
  • Page 967 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas where Xi is a data point value, X is the arithmetic mean of the data point values for the specified region (s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s). where |Xi| is the magnitude of an I/Q pair, X is the mean of the magnitudes for the specified region(s), and n is the number of data points in the specified region(s).
  • Page 968 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Sample Trace Data - Not Constant Envelope (See below for explanation of variables.) <soffset> - start offset is an optional real number. (It is in seconds for time-domain traces, and is a dimensionless index 0 to Npoints – 1, for frequency-domain traces). It specifies the amount of data at the beginning of the trace that will be ignored before the decimation process starts.
  • Page 969 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Calculate Peaks of Trace Data (Remote Command Only) Returns a list of all the peaks for the currently selected measurement and sub-opcode [n]. The peaks must meet the requirements of the peak threshold and excursion values. n = any valid sub-opcode for the current measurement.
  • Page 970 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas excursion value stored under the Peak Criteria menu. Values must be provided for threshold and excursion. The sorting and display line parameters are optional (defaults are AMPLitude and ALL). Note that there is always a Y-axis value for the display line, regardless of whether the display line state is on or off.
  • Page 971 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Define Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) Fast Power acquisitions are configured using the DEFine command. This command accepts a comma- delimited string of configuration parameters and their appropriate values, which are all specified in the subsection below.
  • Page 972 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas DC Coupled Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DCCoupled=True" Notes The DC coupled parameter allows the user to specify whether the DC blocking capacitor is utilized. Set parameter to true when measuring frequencies below 10 MHz. Preset False Range True (DC Coupled) or False (AC Coupled) Default Unit...
  • Page 973 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Do Spur Suppression Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "DoSpurSuppression=True" Notes When measuring very low level signals, or when large out-of-band inputs are input into the analyzer, sometimes unwanted spurs and residuals can appear in the measured spectrum.  Spur suppression is a method to help minimize the levels of these internally generated spurs and residuals.
  • Page 974 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision IF Gain Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "IFGain=10" Notes The IF gain parameter allows the user to specify the gain at the IF stage anywhere from –6 to 16 dB (1 dB steps).
  • Page 975 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Mechanical Attenuation Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "MechAttenuation=10" Notes The mechanical attenuation value parameter sets the amount of mechanical attenuation anywhere from 0 to 70 dB (2 dB steps). Preset 0 dB Range 0 – 70 dB (2 dB steps) Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00...
  • Page 976 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Preset 0 Hz Default Unit Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Trigger Delay Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerDelay=0.025" Notes The trigger delay parameter sets the time after an external trigger is detected until the measurement is performed. Preset Range 0 –...
  • Page 977 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Trigger Source Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "TriggerSource=Ext1" Notes The trigger source parameter allows the user to choose between measurement’s  triggering freely or controlled by an external input. Ext1 and Ext2 correspond to Trigger 1 In and Trigger 2 In, respectively. Preset Free Range...
  • Page 978 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Default Unit Boolean Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Channel Bandwidth Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Bandwidth=[3.84e6, 5e6, 3.84e6]" Notes The bandwidth parameter array defines the bandwidth of each channel that will be measured. All array parameters should have the same number of elements. Alternatively, if all the elements are the same value, a single number with no square brackets can be used to define the parameter.
  • Page 979 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Initial S/W A.14.00 Revision Channel Measurement Function Array Example CALC:FPOW:POW1:DEF "Function=[BandPower, PeakPower, BandPower]" Notes This parameter array defines what measurement is being made for each individually-specified channel: BandPower: Total power within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) BandDensity: Total power density within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm/Hz) PeakPower: The peak power value within the specified bandwidth of the channel (dBm) PeakFrequency: The frequency which corresponds to the peak power value within the specified bandwidth of...
  • Page 980 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas bandwidth percent parameter specifies the percent of total power in these channels. The valid range for this parameter is 0.0 to 1.0, where 1.0 represents 100%.  The default for this parameter is 0.99, which will return the bandwidth that contains 99% of the total channel power.
  • Page 981 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas This command query is used to retrieve a list of all defined parameters in an ASCII format. The following is an example of the returned results: "DCCoupled=False,ElecAttBypass=True,ElecAttenuation=0,IFGain=0,MechAttenuation=0,PreAmpMode=Off,PreSelectorOffset =0,UsePreSelector=False,ExternalReferenceFrequency=10000000,FrequencyReferenceSource=AutoExternalFrequencyRefer ence,IFType=B40M,LOMode=SLW,SignalInput=FpMainRf,AcquisitionTime=0.001,CenterFrequency=1000000000,Resolution BW=0,ResolutionBWMode=BestSpeed,DetectorType=RmsAverage,Bandwidth=[1000000],OffsetFrequency=[0],Function= [BandPower],FilterType=[IBW],FilterAlpha=[0.22],OccupiedBandwidthPercent=[0.99],XdBBandwidth=[– 3.01],DoNoiseCorrection=False,DoSpurSuppression=False,MeasurementMethod=HardwareFFT,IncludePowerSpectrum=Fals e,TriggerDelay=0,TriggerLevel=1.2,TriggerSlope=Positive,TriggerSource=Free,TriggerTimeout=1" A.14.00 Configure Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The configure command begins hardware setup and returns immediately, with no acquisition made.
  • Page 982 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Initiate Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) The INITiate command begins an acquisition and returns immediately. The results of the measurement can be retrieved using FETCh. Mode Remote Command :CALCulate:FPOWer:POWer[1,2,…,999]:INITiate Example :CALC:FPOW:POW1:INIT Notes Option FP2 is required. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Fetch Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only)
  • Page 983 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes Option FP2 is required. See notes for Fast Power Fetch for return format. Initial S/W Revision A.14.00 Binary Read Fast Power Measurement (Remote Command Only) This command query is used as shorthand for an INIT command immediately followed by a FETC? command.
  • Page 984 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas 3. Declared function result for the 2nd specified channel [4 byte float] … (m + 1). Declared function result for the last (mth) specified channel [4 byte float] ADC Over Range 1. ADC over-range occurred (1: true, 0: false) [2 byte short] Spectrum Data 1.
  • Page 985 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Notes backwards compatibility for the Swept SA measurement. For all other commands/queries which honor FORMat:DATA, if INT,32 is sent the analyzer will behave as though it were set to REAL,32. Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 The specs for each output type follow: ASCii - Amplitude values are in ASCII, in the current Y Axis Unit, one ASCII character per digit, values separated by commas, each value in the form:...
  • Page 986 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Meas Setup Displays the setup menu for the currently selected measurement. Key Path Front-panel key Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Avg/Hold Num Toggles averaging On or Off in addition to enabling you to set the number of measurement averages used to calculate the measurement result.
  • Page 987 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup • Total Pwr Ref – Sets the reference to the total carrier power and the measured data is shown in dBc and dBm. • PSD Ref – Sets the reference to the mean power spectral density of the carrier and the measured data is shown in dB and dBm/Hz.
  • Page 988 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Example SEM:BAND:INT 10 MHz SEM:BAND:INT? Notes 10% . 100% of Channel Span Parameter Value Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.
  • Page 989 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, LTE, LTETDD, CMMB, Digital Cable TV, WLAN Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:FREQuency[1]|2:SPAN <freq> [:SENSe]:SEMask:FREQuency[1]|2:SPAN? Example SEM:FREQ:SPAN 3MHz SEM:FREQ:SPAN? Notes Frequency sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command.

  • Page 990: Power Ref (For The Modes Except Msr And Lte-Advanced Fdd/Tdd)

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Modified at S/W Revision A.02.00, A.03.00 Sweep Time Sets the sweep time used to calculate the power in the reference channel. Sweep Time can be set manually or put in auto mode.  Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Mode...

  • Page 991: Total Power

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Initial S/W Revision Prior to A.02.00 Total Power Sets the power in the carrier (ref channel) that is used to compute the relative power values for the offsets. When the state is set to auto, this value is set to the measured carrier reference power.

  • Page 992: Spectrum Peak

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup the measured carrier power spectral density. For WLAN 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz), the higher of the power density readouts of the two carriers is used for computing the relative PSD values for the offset. Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Chan, Power Ref Mode...

  • Page 993: Res Bw

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Carrier sub op code. 1 for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode. Dependencies See Couplings Couplings...

  • Page 994: Video Bw

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2[:RESolution]:AUTO? Example SEM:BAND 100 kHz SEM:BAND? SEM:BAND:AUTO ON SEM:BAND:AUTO? Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command. Use :INSTrument:SELect to set the mode.
  • Page 995 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD Remote Command [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo <bandwidth> [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo? [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo:AUTO OFF|ON|1|0 [:SENSe]:SEMask:BANDwidth[1]|2:VIDeo:AUTO? Example SEM:BAND:VID 100 kHz SEM:BAND:VID? SEM:BAND:VID:AUTO ON SEM:BAND:VID:AUTO? Notes Bandwidth sub op code, 1 is for BTS, 2 for MS. Default is BTS. You must be in the mode that includes SEM measurement to use this command.

  • Page 996: Vbw/Rbw

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup VBW/RBW Sets the Video BW/Resolution BW Ratio to calculate the Channel Resolution BW and Channel Video BW. The VBW/RBW Ratio can be set manually or put in to auto mode. Key Path Meas Setup, Ref Channel Mode SA, WCDMA, C2K, WIMAX OFDMA, TD-SCDMA mode, 1xEVDO, DTMB (CTTB), DVB-T/H, ISDB-T, CMMB, LTE, LTETDD, Digital Cable TV, WLAN, MSR, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD...

  • Page 997: Offset/Limits

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Offset/Limits Accesses a menu that enables you to set up the measurement parameters for offset pairs. For example, you can assign the start and stop frequencies, select the resolution bandwidth, and set the sweep time. When in the MSR and LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode, the softkey label changes to Outer Offset/Limits.
  • Page 998 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup Example SEM:OFFS2:LIST:FREQ:STAR 2.515 MHz, , 2.715 MHz, , 3.515 MHz, , 4.00 MHz, , 8.00 MHz, , 12.50 MHz SEM:OFFS2:LIST:FREQ:STAR? SEM:OFFS:LIST:STAT ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF SEM:OFFS:LIST:STAT? Notes Comma separated list of values.
  • Page 999 10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup WLAN: if Radio Std is 802.11a/g(OFDM/DSSS-OFDM)/802.11n(20MHz): 9 MHz, , 11 MHz, , 20 MHz, , 30 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz, , 216 MHz if Radio Std is 802.11b/g(DSSS/CCK/PBCC): 11 MHz, , 22 MHz, , 50 MHz, , 70 MHz, , 90 MHz, , 100 MHz , , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz, , 100 MHz if Radio Std is ...

  • Page 1000: Stop Freq

    10  Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement Meas Setup if Radio Std is 802.11ac (20 MHz/ 40 MHz/ 80 MHz/ 160 MHz): ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF if Radio Std is 802.11ac (80 MHz + 80 MHz): ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF MSR:ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF, , OFF|ON, , ON, , ON, , ON, ,...

Table of Contents